WO2002000676A1 - Purine derivatives - Google Patents

Purine derivatives Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2002000676A1
WO2002000676A1 PCT/IB2001/001064 IB0101064W WO0200676A1 WO 2002000676 A1 WO2002000676 A1 WO 2002000676A1 IB 0101064 W IB0101064 W IB 0101064W WO 0200676 A1 WO0200676 A1 WO 0200676A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
amino
compound
formula
alkyl
ethyl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/IB2001/001064
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Simon John Mantell
Sandra Marina Monaghan
Peter Thomas Stephenson
Original Assignee
Pfizer Limited
Pfizer Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to NZ521867A priority Critical patent/NZ521867A/en
Priority to DE60103537T priority patent/DE60103537T2/en
Priority to PL36138401A priority patent/PL361384A1/en
Priority to EP01938490A priority patent/EP1296996B1/en
Priority to AU2001264164A priority patent/AU2001264164A1/en
Priority to AT01938490T priority patent/ATE267836T1/en
Priority to EA200201291A priority patent/EA200201291A1/en
Priority to BR0111912-5A priority patent/BR0111912A/en
Priority to JP2002505798A priority patent/JP2004501929A/en
Priority to EEP200200712A priority patent/EE200200712A/en
Application filed by Pfizer Limited, Pfizer Inc. filed Critical Pfizer Limited
Priority to SI200130136T priority patent/SI1296996T1/en
Priority to IL15252901A priority patent/IL152529A0/en
Priority to SK1733-2002A priority patent/SK17332002A3/en
Priority to CA002412564A priority patent/CA2412564C/en
Priority to MXPA03000078A priority patent/MXPA03000078A/en
Priority to HU0301389A priority patent/HUP0301389A3/en
Publication of WO2002000676A1 publication Critical patent/WO2002000676A1/en
Priority to BG107171A priority patent/BG107171A/en
Priority to IS6580A priority patent/IS6580A/en
Priority to HR20020995A priority patent/HRP20020995A2/en
Priority to NO20025975A priority patent/NO20025975D0/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04—Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/16—Purine radicals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/08—Bronchodilators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/08—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for gonadal disorders or for enhancing fertility, e.g. inducers of ovulation or of spermatogenesis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/10—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for impotence
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/04—Antipruritics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/08—Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/16—Otologicals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/12—Antihypertensives

Definitions

  • This invention relates to purine derivatives. More particularly, this invention relates to 2-aminoalkyl-9-(tetrahydro-2-furanyl)-9H-purine derivatives and to processes for the preparation of, intermediates used in the preparation of, compositions containing and the Uses of, such derivatives.
  • These derivatives are selective, functional agonists of the human adenosine A2a receptor and may be used as anti-inflammatory agents in the treatment of, inter alia, diseases of the respiratory tract.
  • Adenosine is a ubiquitous molecule having a central role in mammalian intermediary metabolism. Independently, adenosine acts on multiple surface receptors to produce a variety of responses. Adenosine receptor classification has revealed the presence of at least four subtypes: A1 , A2a, A2b and A3. Stimulation of adenosine A2 receptors on the surface of human neutrophils has been reported to potently inhibit a range of neutrophil functions. Activated neutrophils can damage lung tissue by release of reactive oxygen species, for example, superoxide anion radicals (0 2 " ), and granule products, for example, human neutrophil elastase (HNE), amongst other inflammatory mediators.
  • reactive oxygen species for example, superoxide anion radicals (0 2 " )
  • HNE human neutrophil elastase
  • LTB 4 is a potent chemo- attractant that recruits additional neutrophils to the inflammatory focus, whereas released 0 2 " and HNE adversely affect the pulmonary extracellular matrix.
  • the A2 receptor subtype mediating many of these responses (0 2 ⁇ - and LTB 4 /HNE release and cell adhesion) is established as A2a.
  • the A2 subtype (A2a or A2b) mediating the other effects remains to be established.
  • Selective agonist activity at the A2a receptor is considered to offer greater therapeutic benefit than the use of non-selective adenosine receptor agonists because interaction with other subtypes is associated with detrimental effects in the lung in animal models and human tissue studies. For example, asthmatics, but not non-asthmatics, bronchoconstrict when challenged with inhaled adenosine. This response is at least in part due to the activation of the A1 receptor subtype. Activation of A1 receptors also promotes neutrophil chemotaxis and adherence to endothelial cells, thus promoting lung injury.
  • the present purine derivatives inhibit neutrophil function and are selective agonists of the adenosine A2a receptor. They may also have antagonist activity at the adenosine A3 receptor.
  • the present compounds may be used to treat any disease for which an adenosine A2a receptor agonist is indicated. They can be used to treat a disease where leukocyte (e.g. neutrophil, eosinophil, basophil, lymphocyte, macrophage)- induced tissue damage is implicated.
  • leukocyte e.g. neutrophil, eosinophil, basophil, lymphocyte, macrophage
  • ARDS adult respiratory distress syndrome
  • bronchitis chronic bronchitis
  • chronic obstructive pulmonary disease cystic fibrosis
  • asthma emphysema
  • bronchiectasis chronic sinusitis and rhinitis.
  • the present compounds may also be used in the treatment of septic shock, male erectile dysfunction, male factor infertility, female factor infertility, hypertension, stroke, epilepsy, cerebral ischaemia, peripheral vascular disease, post-ischaemic reperfusion injury, diabetes, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis, dermatitis, allergic dermatitis, eczema, ulcerative colitis, Crohns disease, inflammatory bowel disease, Heliobacter pylori gastritis, pylori gastritis, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug-induced damage to the gastro-intestinal tract or a psychotic disorder, or for wound healing. Accordingly, the present invention provides a compound of the formula
  • R 1 is (i) H, (ii) C C 6 alkyl optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl, said phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl being optionally substituted by C C 6 alkyl, C C 6 alkoxy, halo or cyano, or (iii) fluorenyl;
  • R 2 is H or C r C 6 alkyl
  • R 3 and R 4 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, represent azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, homopiperidinyl or homopiperazinyl, each being optionally substituted on a ring nitrogen or carbon atom by C r C 6 alkyl or C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl and optionally substituted on a ring carbon atom not adjacent to a ring nitrogen atom by -NR 6 R 7 or -OR 9 ,
  • R 3 is H, C C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl or benzyl, said C.,-C 6 alkyl being optionally substituted by C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, and R 4 is
  • R 6 and R 7 are either each independently H or C C 6 alkyl or, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, represent azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl, said azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl and piperidinyl being optionally substituted by C r C ⁇ alkyl;
  • R 8 is (i) azetidin-1-yl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, piperidin-1-yl, morpholin-4-yl, piperazin-1- yl, homopiperidin-1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl or tetrahydroisoquinolin-1-yl, each being optionally substituted on a ring carbon atom by C.,-C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, C r C 6 alkoxy- ⁇ -C ⁇ -alkyl, R 9 R 9 N-(C r C 6 )-alkyl, fluoro-(C r C 6 )- alkyl, -CONR 9 R 9 , -COOR 9 or C 2 -C 5 alkanoyl and optionally substituted on a ring carbon atom not adjacent to a ring nitrogen atom by fluoro-(C,-C 6 )-alkoxy, halo,
  • R 9 is H, C r C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl or phenyl;
  • R 10 is C C 6 aikyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl or phenyl
  • R 11 is C.,-C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl or benzyl;
  • R 12 is C r C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, fluoro-(C 1 -C 6 )-aIkyl, -CONR 9 R 9 , -COOR 10 , -COR 10 , -S0 2 R 10 or -S0 2 NR 9 R 9 , said C,-C 6 alkyl being optionally substituted by phenyl;
  • R 13 is phenyl, pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl or pyridin-4-yl, each being optionally substituted by C.,-C 6 alkyl, alkoxy, halo or cyano;
  • R 14 is H or C
  • R 15 is azetidin-3-yl, pyrrolidin-3-yl, piperidin-3-yl, piperidin-4-yl, homopiperidin-3-yl or homopiperidin-4-yI, each being optionally substituted by R 13 , C C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl or benzyl;
  • n 0, 1 or 2;
  • X is -CH 2 - or -CH 2 CH 2 -;
  • halo means fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo and alkyl, alkylene, alkanoyl and alkoxy groups containing the requisite number of carbon atoms can be unbranched or branched chain.
  • alkyl include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, sec-butyl and t-butyl.
  • alkoxy include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, i-propoxy, n-butoxy, i-butoxy, sec-butoxy and t-butoxy.
  • alkanoyl examples include acetyl and propanoyl.
  • alkylene examples include methylene, 1 ,1 -ethylene, 1 ,2-ethylene, 1 ,1 -propylene, 1 ,2- propylene, 1 ,3-propyIene and 2,2-propyIene.
  • cycloalkyl examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of the formula (I) include the acid addition and the base salts thereof.
  • Suitable acid addition salts are formed from acids which form non-toxic salts and examples are the hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, sulphate, bisulphate, nitrate, phosphate, hydrogen phosphate, acetate, maleate, fumarate, lactate, tartrate, citrate, gluconate, succinate, saccharate, benzoate, methanesulphonate, ethanesulphonate, benzenesulphonate, para-toluenesulphonate and pamoate salts.
  • Suitable base salts are formed from bases which form non-toxic salts and examples are the sodium, potassium, aluminium, calcium, magnesium, zinc and diethanolamine salts.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable solvates of the compounds of the formula (I) include the hydrates thereof.
  • a compound of the formula (I) may contain one or more additional asymmetric carbon atoms and therefore exist in two or more stereoisomeric forms.
  • the present invention includes the individual stereoisomers of the compounds of the formula (I) together with, where appropriate, the individual tautomers thereof, and mixtures thereof.
  • Separation of diastereoisomers may be achieved by conventional techniques, e.g. by fractional crystallisation, chromatography or H.P.L.C. of a stereoisomeric mixture of a compound of the formula (I) or a suitable salt or derivative thereof.
  • An individual enantiomer of a compound of the formula (I) may also be prepared from a corresponding optically pure intermediate or by resolution, such as by
  • R 1 is C,-C 6 alkyl optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl, said phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl being optionally substituted by C r C 6 alkyl, C r C 6 alkoxy, halo or cyano.
  • R 1 is C C 6 alkyl substituted by 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl, said phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl being optionally substituted by C r C 6 alkyl, alkoxy, halo or cyano.
  • R 1 is C,-C 4 alkyl substituted by 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl, said phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl being optionally substituted by C r C 6 alkyl, C r C 6 alkoxy, halo or cyano.
  • R 1 is methyl or ethyl substituted by 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl, said phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl being optionally substituted by C C 6 alkyl, C ⁇ Ce alkoxy, halo or cyano.
  • R 1 is methyl or ethyl substituted by 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl, said phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl being optionally substituted by C C 6 alkyl or halo.
  • R 1 is diphenylethyl, di(chlorophenyl)ethyl, di(methylphenyl)ethyl, naphthylmethyl or fluorenylmethyl.
  • R 1 is 2,2-diphenyleth-1-yl, 2,2-di(4-chlorophenyl)eth-1-yl, 2,2-di(3- chlorophenyl)eth-1 -yl, 2,2-di(4-methylphenyl)eth-1 -yl, 2,2-di(3-methyIphenyl)eth- 1 -yl, naphth-1 -ylmethyl or fluoren-9-ylmethyl.
  • R 1 is 2,2-diphenyIeth-1-yl.
  • R 2 is H or C r C 4 alkyl.
  • R 2 is H or C r C 2 alkyl.
  • R 2 is H or methyl.
  • R 2 is H.
  • R 3 and R 4 do not form part of the same cyclic structure.
  • R 3 s H or C r C 6 alkyl Preferably, R 3 s H or C r C 4 alkyl. Preferably, R 3 s H or C r C 2 alkyl. Preferably, R 3 s H or methyl. Preferably, R 3 s H.
  • R 4 is (a) C C 4 alkyl substituted by -R 15 , C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl or -R 15 ; or (b) -(C 2 -C 4 alkylene)-R 8 , or (c) -(C C 4 alkylene)-R 13 .
  • R 4 is (a) C,-C 2 alkyl substituted by -R 15 , C 5 -C 6 cycloalkyl or -R 15 ; or (b) -(ethylene)-R 8 , or (c) -(C ⁇ C- 2 alkylene)-R 13 .
  • R 4 is -CH 2 R 15 , cyclohexyl, -R 15 , -CH 2 CH 2 R 8 , -CH 2 R 13 or -CH 2 CH 2 R 13 .
  • R 4 is 2-diisopropylaminoeth-1-yl or 2-piperidin-1 -yleth-1 -yl.
  • R 5 is -CH 2 OH or -CONH(C C ⁇ alkyl).
  • R 5 is -CH 2 OH or -CONH(C r C 4 alkyl).
  • R 5 is -CH 2 OH or -CONH(C r C 2 alkyl).
  • R 5 is -CH 2 OH or -CONHCH 2 CH 3 .
  • R 8 is (i) piperidin-1-yl or 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-2-yl, each being optionally substituted on a ring carbon atom by C r C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, C r C 6 alkoxy-(C,-C 6 )-alkyl, R 9 R 9 N-(C r C 6 )-alkyl, fluoro-(C r C 6 )-alkyl, -CONR 9 R 9 , -COOR 9 or C 2 -C 5 alkanoyl and optionally substituted on a ring carbon atom not adjacent to a ring nitrogen atom by fluoro-(C,-C 6 )-alkoxy, halo, -OR 9 , cyano, -S(0) m R 10 , -NR 9 R 9 , -S0 2 NR 9 R 9 , -NR 9
  • R 8 is (i) piperidin-1-yl or 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-2-yl, each being optionally substituted on a ring carbon atom by C,-C 6 alkyl, or (ii) -NR 11 R 12 .
  • R 8 is (i) piperidin-1-yl or 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-2-yl, each being optionally substituted on a ring carbon atom by C,-C 3 alkyl, or (ii) -NR 11 R 12 .
  • R 8 is (i) piperidin-1-yl or 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-2-yl, each being optionally substituted on a ring carbon atom by methyl or propyl, or (ii) -NR 11 R 12 .
  • R 8 is piperidin-1-yl, 4-(2-propyl)piperidin-1-yl, 2,2,6,6- tetramethylpiperidin-1-yl, 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-2-yl or -NR 11 R 12 .
  • R 11 is C r C 6 alkyl or C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl.
  • R 11 is C r C 5 alkyl or C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl.
  • R 11 is propyl, butyl, pentyl, cyclohexyl or cyclopentyl.
  • R 11 is -CH(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , -C(CH 3 ) 3 ,
  • R 12 is C r C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -COR 10 or -S0 2 R 10 said alkyl being optionally substituted by phenyl.
  • R 12 is C r C 5 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, -COR 10 or -S0 2 R 10 said C r C 6 alkyl being optionally substituted by phenyl.
  • R 12 is propyl, butyl, pentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, phenylbutyl, -COPh or -S0 2 Ph.
  • R 12 is -CH(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , -C(CH 3 ) 3 , -CH(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 , -C(CH 3 ) 2 Ph, -S0 2 Ph, -COPh, cyclohexyl or cyclopentyl.
  • R 13 is phenyl or pyridin-2-yI, each being optionally substituted by C C 6 alkyl, alkoxy, halo or cyano.
  • R 13 is phenyl or pyridin-2-yl.
  • R 15 is pyrrolidin-3-yl or piperidin-4-yl, each being optionally substituted by R 13 , C C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl or benzyl.
  • R 15 is pyrrolidin-3-yl or piperidin-4-yl, each being optionally substituted by R 13 or benzyl.
  • R 15 is 1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yl, 1-(2-pyridinyl)piperidin-4-yl, or 1-benzyi- pyrrolidin-3-yl.
  • X is -CH 2 -.
  • Y is CO.
  • Preferred individual compounds of the formula (I) include Examples 1-40 listed below and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof.
  • All of the compounds of the formula (I) can be prepared by conventional routes such as by the procedures described in the general methods presented below or by the specific methods described in the Examples section, or by similar methods thereto.
  • the present invention also encompasses any one or more of these processes for preparing the compounds of formula (I), in addition to any novel intermediates used therein.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , X and Y are as previously defined for a compound of the formula (I) unless otherwise stated.
  • P 1 and P 2 are suitable protecting groups which may be the same or different and may optionally form part of the same protecting group.
  • Compounds of the formula (I) in which R 5 is -CH 2 OH may be prepared by the deprotection of a compound of the formula
  • P 1 , P 2 and P 3 are suitable protecting groups which may be the same or different, P 1 and P 2 optionally forming part of the same protecting group.
  • the relevant protecting groups may be removed separately, progressing through one or more semi-protected intermediates, or together, or in any combination. Examples of suitable protecting groups will be apparent to the skilled person [see, for instance, 'Protecting groups in Organic Synthesis (Second Edition)', Theodora W. Green and Peter G. M. Wuts, John Wiley and Sons, 1991].
  • Preferred individual protecting groups are alkanoyl and aroyl.
  • Preferred protecting groups where P 1 and P 2 form part of the same protecting group are where P 1 and P 2 taken together are C C 6 alkylene.
  • Particularly preferred individual protecting groups are acetyl and benzoyl.
  • a particularly preferred protecting group where P 1 and P 2 form part of the same protecting group is where P 1 and P 2 taken together are dimethylmethylene.
  • Suitable conditions for the deprotection are well known in the art [see, for instance, 'Protecting groups in Organic Synthesis (Second Edition)', Theodora W. Green and Peter G. M. Wuts, John Wiley and Sons, 1991].
  • a solution of a compound of the formula (II), wherein P 1 and P 2 are each benzoyl, in a suitable solvent, such as methanol is treated with a nucleophilic reagent, such as ammonia or a primary amine, or a base such as potassium carbonate, typically at a temperature from room temperature to 60 °C.
  • compounds of the formula (IIA) may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula
  • a suitable solvent such as toluene
  • a solution of the residue in a suitable solvent such as toluene is treated with the compound of the formula (VI) and trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate and the mixture is heated, preferably under reflux, under a nitrogen atmosphere, to give the compound of the formula (IIIA).
  • Compounds of the formula (IV) may be prepared by the deprotection of a compound of the formula (VII) wherein P 4 is a suitable protecting group.
  • suitable protecting groups will be apparent to the skilled person [see, for instance, 'Protecting groups in Organic Synthesis (Second Edition)', Theodora W. Green and Peter G. M. Wuts, John Wiley and Sons, 1991].
  • a preferred protecting group is tetrahydropyran-2-yl.
  • Suitable conditions for the deprotection are well known in the art [see, for instance, 'Protecting groups in Organic Synthesis (Second Edition)', Theodora W. Green and Peter G. M. Wuts, John Wiley and Sons, 1991].
  • the protecting group is removed by treating a solution of the compound of the formula (VII) in a suitable solvent, such as methanol, with an acid such as hydrochloric acid, preferably 2M aqueous hydrochloric acid.
  • L 1 is a suitable leaving group
  • a compound of the formula (VIII) in which L 1 is a suitable leaving group, with a compound of the formula (VIII) in a suitable solvent, such as a mixture of toluene and isopropanol, typically at an elevated temperature, preferably under reflux.
  • the leaving group L 1 is preferably halo (e.g. chloro) or imidazol-1-yl, most preferably imidazol-1-yl.
  • Compounds of the formula (X) wherein L 1 is imidazol-1-yl may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula
  • L 4 represents either of the leaving groups L 2 or L 3 and P 4 is as defined above, followed by the addition of a compound of the formula (XI) to the reaction mixture.
  • L 2 and L 3 are each halo or imidazol-1-yl.
  • L 2 and L 3 are each imidazol-1-yl.
  • a solution of the compound of the formula (VIII) in a suitable solvent, such as dichloromethane is treated with 1 ,1'-carbonyldiimidazole.
  • the reaction mixture is stirred, preferably at room temperature, until thin layer chromatography (TLC) indicates a substantially complete reaction has occurred and then a compound of the formula (XI) is added to give the compound of the formula (VII).
  • TLC thin layer chromatography
  • L 7 represents either of the leaving groups L 5 or L 6 , followed by the addition of a compound of the formula (XI).
  • the leaving groups L 5 and L 6 may be the same or different and are typically selected from alkyl) or imidazol-1- yl.
  • L 5 and L 6 are each methylthio or imidazol-1-yl.
  • a solution of the compound of the formula (XIV) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol is treated with the compound of the formula (VIII), preferably at an elevated temperature, most preferably under reflux.
  • a compound of the formula (XI) is added and the reaction mixture is preferably heated, most preferably under reflux
  • compounds of the formula (VII) in which Y is CS may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XIV) in which L 5 and L 6 are as defined above, with a compound of the formula (XI), to form an intermediate of the formula
  • L 8 represents either of the leaving groups L 5 or L 6 , followed by the addition of a compound of the formula (VIII).
  • a solution of the compound of the formula (XIV) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol is treated with the compound of the formula (XI), preferably at an elevated temperature, most preferably under reflux.
  • a compound of the formula (VIII) is added and the reaction mixture is preferably heated, most preferably under reflux.
  • L 9 is a suitable leaving group, typically halo, with a compound of the formula (VIII), optionally in the presence of an acid acceptor.
  • L 9 is chloro.
  • a solution of the compound of the formula (VIII) in a suitable solvent, such as pyridine is treated with the compound of the formula (XVII) and preferably heated, most preferably at 90°C.
  • Compounds of the formula (XVII) may be prepared by treating a compound of the formula
  • Compounds of the formula (XVIII) may be prepared by treating a compound of the formula (XI) with chlorosulphonic acid.
  • a solution of the compound of the formula (XI) in a suitable solvent, such as dichloromethane is treated with chlorosulphonic acid, optionally in the presence of a proton acceptor such as triethylamine.
  • L 12 represents either of leaving groups L 10 or L 11 , followed by the addition of a compound of the formula (XI).
  • the leaving groups L 10 and L 11 may be the same or different and are typically selected from halo and -S(C,-C 6 alkyl).
  • L 10 and L 11 are each methythio.
  • a solution of a compound of the formula (VIII) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol is treated with dimethylcyanothioimidocarbamate, preferably at room temperature.
  • TLC thin layer chromatography
  • a compound of the formula (XI) is added and the reaction mixture is preferably heated, most preferably under reflux.
  • L 13 represents either of the leaving groups L 10 or L 11 , followed by the addition of a compound of the formula (VIII).
  • a solution of a compound of the formula (XI) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol is treated with dimethylcyanothioimidocarbamate, preferably at room temperature.
  • TLC thin layer chromatography
  • a compound of the formula (VIII) is added and the reaction mixture is preferably heated, most preferably under reflux.
  • Compounds of the formula (VIII) may be prepared by the reduction of a compound of the formula (IX) with a suitable reducing agent, preferably a palladium catalyst and hydrogen gas, in the presence of a compound of the formula
  • a compound of the formula (IX) is dissolved in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol, which has been saturated with ammonia gas, a palladium catalyst such as 10% w/w palladium on carbon is added and the reaction mixture is stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas, typically at a pressure of 414kPa (60psi).
  • a suitable solvent such as ethanol
  • a palladium catalyst such as 10% w/w palladium on carbon
  • Preferred individual protecting groups are tri(C 1 -C 6 )alkylsilyl, di(C 1 -C 6 )alkylphenylsilyl and (C r C 6 )alkyldiphenylsilyl.
  • Preferred protecting groups where P 1 and P 2 form part of the same protecting group are where P 1 and P 2 taken together are C C 6 alkylene.
  • Particularly preferred individual protecting groups are tert-butyldimethylsilyl and triethylsilyl.
  • a particularly preferred protecting group where P 1 and P 2 form part of the same protecting group is where P 1 and P 2 taken together are dimethylmethylene.
  • the compounds of the formula (NIB) in which Y is CO may be prepared by the reaction of compound of the formula (X), in which L 1 is as defined above, with a compound of the formula (XXII) in a suitable solvent, such as a mixture of toluene and isopropanol, typically at an elevated temperature, preferably under reflux.
  • a suitable solvent such as a mixture of toluene and isopropanol
  • compounds of the formula (I I IB) in which Y is CO may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XXII) with a compound of the formula (XII), in which L 2 and L 3 are as defined above, to form an intermediate of the formula (XXVII)
  • L 14 represents either of leaving groups L 2 or L 3 .
  • the intermediate (XXVII) is reacted with a compound of the formula (XI) to provide a compound of the formula (NIB).
  • a solution of the compound of the formula (XXII) in a suitable solvent, such as dichloromethane is treated with 1 ,1'-carbonyldiimidazole.
  • the reaction mixture is stirred, preferably at room temperature, until thin layer chromatography (TLC) indicates a substantially complete reaction has occurred and then a compound of the formula (XI) is added to give the compound of the formula (IIIB).
  • TLC thin layer chromatography
  • compounds of the formula (IIIB) in which Y is CS may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XVI), in which L 8 is as defined above, with a compound of the formula (XXll).
  • a solution of the compound of the formula (XVI) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol is treated with the compound of the formula (XXll) and preferably heated, most preferably under reflux.
  • Compounds of the formula (IIIB) in which Y is S0 2 may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XVII), in which L 9 is as defined above, with a compound of formula (XXll), optionally in the presence of an acid acceptor.
  • a solution of the compound of the formula (XVII) in a suitable solvent, such as pyridine is treated with the compound of the formula (XXll) and heated, typically at 90°C.
  • a solution of the compound of the formula (XXI) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol is treated with the compound of the formula (XXll) and preferably heated, most preferably under reflux.
  • Compounds of the formula (XXll) may be prepared by the reduction of a compound of the formula (XXIll) with a suitable reducing agent in the presence of a compound of the formula (XXIA).
  • a preferred reducing agent is Raney nickel, optionally in the presence of hydrogen gas.
  • Compounds of the formula (XXIll) may be prepared by the displacement of a leaving group 'OA', in which A is an activating group, from a compound of the formula (XXIV) with cyanide anion.
  • a solution of the compound of the formula (XXIV) in a suitable solvent, such as N,N- dimethylformamide is treated with a source of cyanide ion, such as potassium cyanide to give the compound of the formula (XXIll).
  • suitable solvent such as N,N- dimethylformamide
  • A is (C r C 6 )alkylsulphonyl, phenylsulphonyl or ((C C 6 )alkylphenyl)sulphonyl.
  • A is methylsulphonyl.
  • Compounds of the formula (XXIV) may be prepared by the activation of the free hydroxyl in a compound of the formula (XXV).
  • a solution of the compound of the formula (XXV) in a suitable solvent, such as dichloromethane is treated with methanesulfonyl chloride in the presence of a proton acceptor such as triethylamine.
  • Compounds of the formula (XXV) may be prepared by the reduction of an ester of the formula (XXVI) with a suitable reducing agent, such as lithium borohydride, in a suitable solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran.
  • a suitable reducing agent such as lithium borohydride
  • Preferred individual protecting groups are tri(C C 6 )alkylsilyl, di(C r C 6 )alkylphenylsilyl and (C 1 -C 6 )alkyldiphenylsilyl.
  • Preferred protecting groups where P 1 and P 2 form part of the same protecting group are where P 1 and P 2 taken together are C,-C 6 alkylene.
  • Particularly preferred individual protecting groups are tert-butyldimethylsilyl and. triethylsilyl.
  • a particularly preferred protecting group where P 1 and P 2 form part of the same protecting group is where P 1 and P 2 taken together are dimethylmethylene.
  • the compounds of the formula (IIB) in which Y is CO may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (X), in which L 1 is as defined above, with a compound of the formula (XXX) in a suitable solvent, such as a mixture of toluene and isopropanol, typically at an elevated temperature, preferably under reflux.
  • a suitable solvent such as a mixture of toluene and isopropanol
  • compounds of the formula (IIB) in which Y is CO may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XXX) with a compound of the formula (XII), in which L 2 and L 3 are as defined above, to form an intermediate of the formula
  • L 17 represents either of leaving groups L 2 or L 3 .
  • the intermediate of the formula (XXXV) is reacted with a compound of the formula (XI) to form a compound of the formula (IIB).
  • a solution of the compound of the formula (XXX) in a suitable solvent, such as dichloromethane is treated with the compound of the formula (XII).
  • the reaction mixture is stirred, preferably at room temperature, until thin layer chromatography (TLC) indicates a substantially complete reaction has occurred and then a compound of the formula (XI) is added to give the compound of the formula (IIB).
  • TLC thin layer chromatography
  • the intermediate of the formula (XXXVI) is reacted with a compound of the formula (XI) to provide a compound of the formula (IIB).
  • a solution of the compound of the formula (XIV) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol is treated with the compound of the formula (XXX), typically at an elevated temperature.
  • the reaction mixture is heated under reflux.
  • the compound of the formula (XI) is added and the reaction mixture is preferably heated, most preferably under reflux.
  • compounds of the formula (IIB) in which Y is CS may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XVI), in which L 8 is as defined above, with a compound of the formula (XXX).
  • a solution of the compound of the formula (XVI) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol is treated with the compound of the formula (XXX), typically at an elevated temperature.
  • the reaction mixture is heated under reflux.
  • Compounds of the formula (IIB) in which Y is S0 2 may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XVII) in which L 9 is as defined above with a compound of the formula (XXX).
  • a solution of the compound of the formula (XXX) in a suitable solvent, such as pyridine is treated with the compound of the formula (XVII) and heated, typically at 90°C.
  • a solution of the compound of the formula (XXI) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol is treated with the compound of the formula (XXX) and preferably heated, most preferably under reflux.
  • Compounds of the formula (XXX) may be prepared by the reduction of a compound of the formula (XXXI) with a suitable reducing agent in the presence of a compound of the formula (XXIA).
  • a preferred reducing agent is Raney nickel, optionally in the presence of hydrogen gas.
  • a compound of the formula (XXXI) is dissolved in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol, which has been saturated with ammonia gas, Raney nickel is added and the reaction mixture is shaken, preferably at room temperature.
  • Compounds of the formula (XXXI) may be prepared by the displacement of a leaving group 'OA', from a compound of the formula (XXXII) with cyanide anion.
  • a solution of the compound of the formula (XXXII) in a suitable solvent, such as N,N-dimethylformamide is treated with a source of cyanide ion, such as potassium cyanide, to give the compound of the formula (XXXI).
  • Compounds of the formula (XXXII) may be prepared by the activation of the free hydroxyl in a compound of the formula (XXXIII).
  • A is methylsulphonyl
  • Compounds of the formula (XXXIII) may be prepared by the reduction of an ester of the formula (XXXIV) with a suitable reducing agent, such as lithium borohydride, in a suitable solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran.
  • a suitable reducing agent such as lithium borohydride
  • Compounds of the formula (I) in which Y is CO may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (X), in which L 1 is as defined above, with a compound of the formula (XXXVIII) in a suitable solvent, such as a mixture of toluene and isopropanol, preferably at an elevated temperature, most preferably under reflux.
  • a suitable solvent such as a mixture of toluene and isopropanol
  • compounds of the formula (I) in which Y is CO may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XXXVIII) with a compound of the formula (XII), in which L 2 and L 3 are as defined above, to form an intermediate of the formula (XXXIX)
  • L 20 represents either of leaving groups L 2 or L 3 .
  • the intermediate (XXXIX) is reacted with a compound of the formula (XI) to provide a compound of the formula (I).
  • a solution of the compound of the formula (XXXVIII) in a suitable solvent, such as dichloromethane is treated with 1 ,1'-carbonyldiimidazole.
  • the reaction mixture is stirred, preferably at room temperature, until thin layer chromatography (TLC) indicates a substantially complete reaction has occurred and then a compound of the formula (XI) is added to give the compound of the formula (I).
  • TLC thin layer chromatography
  • L 21 represents either of the leaving groups L 5 or L 6 .
  • the intermediate of the formula (XXXX) is reacted with a compound of the formula (XI) to provide a compound of the formula (I).
  • a solution of the compound of the formula (XXXVIII) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol, is treated with the compound of the formula (XIV), preferably at an elevated temperature, most preferably under reflux.
  • a compound of the formula (XI) is added and the reaction mixture is preferably heated, most preferably under reflux.
  • compound of the formula (I) in which Y is CS may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XVI) in which L 8 is as defined above with a compound of the formula (XXXVIIl).
  • a solution of the compound of the formula (XVI) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol is treated with the compound of the formula (XXXVIIl) and preferably heated, most preferably under reflux.
  • Compounds of the formula (I) in which Y is S0 2 may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XVII), in which L 9 is as defined above, with a compound of the formula (XXXVIIl), optionally in the presence of an acid acceptor.
  • a solution of the compound of the formula (XXXVIIl) in a suitable solvent, such as pyridine is treated with the compound of the formula (XVII) and heated, typically at 90 °C.
  • a solution of the compound of the formula (XXI) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol is treated with the compound of the formula (XXXVIIl) and preferably heated, most preferably under reflux.
  • Compounds of the formula (XXXXII) may be prepared by the reaction of an acetate of the formula (VI) with trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate and a compound of the formula (XXXXIV) which has been derivatised with N,0- bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide.
  • a compound of the formula (XXXXIV) is heated, in the presence of a suitable solvent, such as 1 ,1 ,1- trichloroethane, with N,0-bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide, preferably under reflux. The mixture is then allowed to cool and the solvent is removed.
  • the mixture so formed is preferably heated, most preferably under reflux, under a nitrogen atmosphere, to give the compound of the formula (XXXXII).
  • Compounds of the formula (XXXXIII) may be prepared by the reaction of an acetate of the formula (V) with a compound of the formula (XXXXIV) and iodine.
  • a compound of the formula (XXXXIV), a compound of the formula (V) and iodine are heated together, preferably at 150°C, under reduced pressure, preferably at 7 kPa (1 psi).
  • a suitable solvent such as methanol
  • compounds of the formula (XXVI) may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (V) with trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate and a compound of the formula (XXXXVII) which has been derivatised with N,0- bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide.
  • a suitable solvent such as 1 ,1 ,1- trichloroethane
  • N,0-bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide at an elevated temperature, preferably under reflux. The mixture is then allowed to cool and the solvent is removed.
  • a suitable solvent such as toluene
  • Compounds of the formula (XXXIV) may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (VI) with trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate and a compound of the formula (XXXXVII) which has been derivatised with N,0- bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide.
  • a suitable solvent such as 1 ,1 ,1- trichloroethane, with N,0-bis(trimethyIsilyl)acetamide at an elevated temperature, preferably under reflux. The mixture is then allowed to cool and the solvent is removed.
  • a nucleophile such as ammonia or a primary amine
  • a base such as potassium carbonate
  • Suitable conditions for the subsequent protecting step are also well known to the skilled person [see, for instance, 'Protecting groups in Organic Synthesis (Second Edition)', Theodora W. Green and Peter G. M. Wuts, John Wiley and Sons, 1991].
  • the new protecting groups are to be each tert-butyldimethylsilyl
  • Compounds of the formula (XXXXVII) may be prepared by the deprotection of a compound of the formula (XXXVIIl). Suitable conditions for the deprotection are well known in the art [see, for instance, 'Protecting groups in Organic Synthesis (Second Edition)', Theodora W. Green and Peter G. M. Wuts, John Wiley and Sons, 1991]. In a typical procedure, where P 4 is tetrahydropyran-2-yl, the protecting group may be removed by treating a solution of the compound of the formula (XXXXVIII) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol, with an acid such as hydrochloric acid.
  • a suitable solvent such as ethanol
  • Compounds of the formula (XXXXVIII) may be prepared by the methanolysis of a compound of the formula (IX). In a typical procedure, a solution of a compound of the formula (IX) in methanol is treated with an alkali metal methoxide, preferably sodium methoxide, and heated under reflux. The resulting mixture is cooled, evaporated, dissolved in a suitable solvent such as tetrahydrofuran and treated with an acid, such as hydrochloric acid, preferably 2N hydrochloric acid, to give the compound of the formula (XXXXVIII).
  • Compounds of the formula (V), as used in Schemes 1 , 4 and 5, may be prepared as shown in Scheme 6, wherein P 1 and P 2 are as defined above.
  • compounds of the formula (V) may be prepared by the treatment of a compound of the formula (XXXXIX) with a mixture of acetic acid, acetic anhydride and a strong acid such as hydrochloric or sulphuric acid with cooling (typically to -10 °C).
  • a compound of formula (XXXXIX) may be prepared from an acid of the formula (XXXX) by activation of the acid as, for example, an acid chloride and treatment of this activated intermediate with a compound of the formula
  • a compound of formula (XXXXX) is dissolved in a suitable inert solvent (e.g. dichloromethane) and treated with oxalyl chloride and a catalytic amount of N,N-dimethylformamide. After removal of excess solvent and reagent by evaporation under reduced pressure, the residue is dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane and treated with a compound of the formula (XXXXXI).
  • a suitable inert solvent e.g. dichloromethane
  • the compound of formula (XXXXIX) wherein P 1 and P 2 are both replaced by H may be dissolved in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane and the resulting solution may be treated with an acid acceptor, such as pyridine, and benzoyl chloride to give a compound of formula (XXXXIX) wherein P 1 and P 2 are each benzoyl.
  • a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane
  • an acid acceptor such as pyridine
  • benzoyl chloride to give a compound of formula (XXXXIX) wherein P 1 and P 2 are each benzoyl.
  • Compounds of the formula (XXXXX) are known in the art (see, for example, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1958, 80, 5168).
  • compounds of the formula (I) in which R 4 is -(C 2 -C ⁇ alkylene)-NR 11 COR 10 may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XXXXI I) with an acid chloride of the formula
  • a suitable solvent such as a mixture of ethyl acetate and N-methylpyrrolidinone
  • a suitable base preferably a trialkylamine base such as triethylamine
  • compounds of the formula (I) in which R 4 is -(C 2 -C 6 alkylene)- NR 11 S0 2 R 10 may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XXXXXII) with a compound of the formula
  • a solution of the compound of the formula (XXXXXII) in a suitable solvent such as a mixture of ethyl acetate and N-methylpyrrolidinone, is treated with a suitable base, preferably a trialkylamine base such as triethylamine, and the compound of the formula (XXXXXIV).
  • a suitable solvent such as a mixture of ethyl acetate and N-methylpyrrolidinone
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of the formula (I) may be readily prepared by mixing together solutions of a compound of the formula (I) and the desired acid or base, as appropriate.
  • the salt may precipitate from solution anq- be collected by filtration or may be recovered by evaporation of the solvent.
  • the anti-inflammatory properties of the compounds of the formula (I) are demonstrated by their ability to inhibit neutrophil function which indicates A2a receptor agonist activity. This was evaluated by determining the compound profile in an assay where superoxide production was measured from neutrophils activated by fMLP. Neutrophils were isolated from human peripheral blood using dextran sedimentation followed by centrifugation through Ficoll-Hypaque solution. Any contaminating erythrocytes in the granulocyte pellet were removed by lysis with ice-cold distilled water. Superoxide production from the neutrophils was induced by fMLP in the presence of a priming concentration of cytochalasin B.
  • Adenosine deaminase was included in the assay to remove any endogenously produced adenosine that might suppress superoxide production.
  • the effect of the compound on the fMLP-induced response was monitored colorometrically from the reduction of cytochrome C within the assay buffer.
  • the potency of the compounds was assessed by the concentration giving 50% inhibition (IC 50 ) compared to the control response to fMLP.
  • the compounds of the formula (I) can be administered alone but will generally be administered in admixture with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient, diluent or carrier selected with regard to the intended route of administration and standard pharmaceutical practice.
  • the compounds of the formula (I) can be administered orally, buccally or sublingually in the form of tablets, capsules, multi-particulates, gels, films, ovules, elixirs, solutions or suspensions, which may contain flavouring or colouring agents, for immediate-, delayed-, modified-, sustained-, pulsed- or controlled-release applications.
  • the compounds of the formula (I) may also be administered as fast-dispersing or fast-dissolving dosage forms or in the form of a high energy dispersion or as coated particles. Suitable formulations of the compounds of the formula (I) may be in coated or uncoated form, as desired.
  • Such solid pharmaceutical compositions may contain excipients such as microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, sodium citrate, calcium carbonate, dibasic calcium phosphate, glycine and starch (preferably corn, potato or tapioca starch), disintegrants such as sodium starch glycollate, croscarmellose sodium and certain complex silicates, and granulation binders such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (HPMC), hydroxypropylcellulose (HPC), sucrose, gelatin and acacia. Additionally, lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid, glyceryl behenate and talc may be included.
  • excipients such as microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, sodium citrate, calcium carbonate, dibasic calcium phosphate, glycine and starch (preferably corn, potato or tapioca starch), disintegrants such as sodium starch glycollate, croscarmellose sodium and certain complex silicates, and
  • a formulation of the tablet could typically contain between about 0.01 mg and 500mg of active compound whilst tablet fill weights may range from 50mg to 1000mg.
  • An example of a formulation for a 10mg tablet is illustrated below:
  • the tablets are manufactured by a standard process, for example, direct compression or a wet or dry granulation process.
  • the tablet cores may be coated with appropriate overcoats.
  • Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in gelatin or HPMC capsules.
  • Preferred excipients in this regard include lactose, starch, a cellulose, milk sugar or high molecular weight polyethylene glycols.
  • the compounds of the formula (I) may be combined with various sweetening or flavouring agents, colouring matter or dyes, with emulsifying and/or suspending agents and with diluents such as water, ethanol, propylene glycol and glycerin, and combinations thereof.
  • the compounds of the formula (I) can also be administered parenterally, for example, intravenously, intra-arterially, intraperitoneally, intrathecally, intraventricularly, intraurethrally, intrastemally, intracranially, intramuscularly or subcutaneously, or they may be administered by infusion or needleless injection techniques.
  • parenteral administration they are best used in the form of a sterile aqueous solution which may contain other substances, for example, a co-solvent and/or enough salts or glucose to make the solution isotonic with blood.
  • the aqueous solutions should be suitably buffered (preferably to a pH of from 3 to 9), if necessary.
  • the preparation of suitable parenteral formulations under sterile conditions is readily accomplished by standard pharmaceutical techniques well-known to those skilled in the art.
  • the daily dosage level of the compounds of the formula (I) will usually be from 0.00001 to 100 mg/kg, preferably from 0.0001 to 100 mg/kg (in single or divided doses).
  • tablets or capsules of the compound of the formula (I) may contain from 0.01 to 500 mg of active compound for administration singly or two or more at a time, as appropriate.
  • the physician in any event will determine the actual dosage which will be most suitable for any individual patient and it will vary with the age, weight and response of the particular patient.
  • the above dosages are exemplary of the average case. There can, of course, be individual instances where higher or lower dosage ranges are merited and such are within the scope of this invention.
  • the compounds of formula (I) can also be administered intranasally or by inhalation and are conveniently delivered in the form of a dry powder inhaler or an aerosol spray presentation from a pressurised container, pump, spray, atomiser (preferably an atomiser using electrohydrodynamics to produce a fine mist) or nebuliser, with or without the use of a suitable propellant, e.g.
  • the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount.
  • the pressurised container, pump, spray, atomiser or nebuliser may contain a solution or suspension of the active compound, e.g. using a mixture of ethanol (optionally aqueous ethanol) or a suitable agent for dispersing, solubilising or extending release and the propellant as the solvent, which may additionally contain a lubricant, e.g. sorbitan trioleate.
  • a lubricant e.g. sorbitan trioleate.
  • Capsules, blisters and cartridges for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated to contain a powder mix of a compound of the formula (I) and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch and a performance modifier such as L-leucine, manitol or magnesium stearate.
  • a suitable solution formulation for use in an atomiser using electrohydrodynamics to produce a fine mist may contain from 1 ⁇ g to 10 mg of a compound of the formula (I), or a salt thereof, and the actuation volume may vary from 1 to 100 ⁇ l.
  • a typical formulation may comprise a compound of the formula (I) or salt thereof, propylene glycol, sterile water, ethanol and sodium chloride.
  • Aerosol or dry powder formulations are preferably arranged so that each metered dose or "puff contains from 1 to 4000 ⁇ g of a compound of the formula (I) for delivery to the patient.
  • the overall daily dose with an aerosol will be in the range of from 1 ⁇ g to 20 mg which may be administered in a single dose or, more usually, in divided doses throughout the day.
  • the compounds of the formula (I) can be administered in the form of a suppository or pessary, or they may be applied topically in the form of a lotion, solution, cream, ointment or dusting powder.
  • the compounds of the formula (I) may also be dermally or transdermally administered, for example, by the use of a skin patch. They may also be administered by the pulmonary, vaginal or rectal routes.
  • the compounds of the formula (I) can be formulated as a suitable ointment containing the active compound suspended or dissolved in, for example, a mixture with one or more of the following: mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, propylene. glycol, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax and water.
  • they can be formulated as a suitable lotion or cream, suspended or dissolved in, for example, a mixture of one or more of the following: mineral oil, sorbitan monostearate, a polyethylene glycol, liquid paraffin, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecanoI, benzyl alcohol and water.
  • the compounds of the formula (I) may also be used in combination with a cyclodextrin.
  • Cyclodextrins are known to form inclusion and non-inclusion complexes with drug molecules. Formation of a drug-cyclodextrin complex may modify the solubility, dissolution rate, bioavailability and/or stability property of a drug molecule. Drug-cyclodextrin complexes are generally useful for most dosage forms and administration routes.
  • the cyclodextrin may be used as an auxiliary additive, e.g. as a carrier, diluent or solubiliser.
  • Alpha-, beta- and gamma-cyclodextrins are most commonly used and suitable examples are described in WO-A-91/11172, WO-A- 94/02518 and WO-A-98/55148.
  • the invention provides: (i) a compound of the formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; (ii) a process for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; (iii) a pharmaceutical composition including a compound of the formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent or carrier; (iv) a compound of the formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or composition thereof, for use as a medicament; (v) the use of a compound of the formula (I) or of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or composition thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament having A2a receptor agonist activity; (vi) the use of a compound of the formula (I) or of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or composition thereof, for the manufacture of an anti-inflammatory agent;
  • ARDS adult respiratory distress syndrome
  • bronchitis chronic bronchitis
  • chronic obstructive pulmonary disease cystic fibrosis
  • asthma emphysema
  • bronchiectasis chronic sinusitis and rhinitis
  • Heliobacter pylori gastritis non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug-induced damage to the gastro-intestinal tract or a psychotic disorder, or for wound healing;
  • a method of treatment of a mammal, including a human being, with a A2a receptor agonist including treating said mammal with an effective amount of a compound of the formula (I) or with a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or composition thereof;
  • a method of treatment of a mammal, including a human being to treat an inflammatory disease including treating said mammal with an effective amount of a compound of the formula (I) or with a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or composition thereof;
  • a method of treatment of a mammal, including a human being, to treat a respiratory disease including treating said mammal with an effective amount of a compound of the formula (I) or with a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or composition thereof;
  • TLC thin layer chromatography
  • the reaction was then heated to reflux and a drop of isopropanol was added to help dissolve the reagents.
  • the reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 20 minutes and then toluene (5ml) was added.
  • the dichloromethane was boiled off and the reaction was then heated under reflux for 30 minutes.
  • the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure.
  • the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (95 : 5 : 0.5 by volume increasing to 80 : 20 : 2 by volume). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a yellow oil.
  • Benzylisocyanate (26mg, 0.30 mmol) was added to a solution of (2S,3S,4R,5R)- 5- ⁇ 2-(aminomethyl)-6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-9-yl ⁇ - ⁇ /-ethyl-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide (Preparation 11) in dichloromethane (2ml). The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature and allowed to evaporate. Ethanol (2ml) was added and then aqueous hydrochloric acid (1 M, 1 ml) was added.
  • reaction mixture was stirred at 60°C for 6 hours, then allowed to cool to room temperature and left for a further 16h. More aqueous hydrochloric acid (1M, 0.5ml) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for a further 4h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol (95 : 5 by volume) increasing in polarity to dichloromethane : methanol (90 : 10 by volume).
  • the compound was prepared from cyclohexylisocyanate and (2S,3S,4R,5R)-5- ⁇ 2-(aminomethyl)-6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-9-yl ⁇ -/V-ethyl-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide (Preparation 11) according to the procedure used in Example 6.
  • ⁇ /,0-Bistrimethylsilylacetamide (0.5ml, 2.02mmol) was added to a suspension of /V-( ⁇ 6-[(2 ) 2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-2-yl ⁇ methyl)-/V-methyl-A/-[2-(2- pyridinyl)ethyl]urea (0.16g, 0.31 mol) (Preparation 26) in 1 ,1 ,1-trichloroethane (15ml). The suspension was heated to reflux. When all suspended solid had dissolved the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was twice dissolved in toluene (50ml) and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted by the addition of ethyl acetate (75ml) and then washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (two portions of 30ml) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (30ml). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a solid that was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (97 : 3 : 0.5 by volume). This material was dissolved in methanol (50ml) and a stream of ammonia gas was passed through the solution until it was saturated. The solution was allowed to stand at room temperature for 4 hours.
  • Example 3 The following Examples were prepared by a similar method to that of Example 3 using the stated starting materials.
  • the reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 3 hours and then allowed to cool to room temperature.
  • the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give a residue that was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (95 : 5 : 0.5 by volume) increasing in polarity to dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (90 : 10 : 1 by volume).
  • the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give a residue that was found to still be impure.
  • the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by column chromatography eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (95 : 5 : 0.5 by volume) increasing in polarity to dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (80 : 20 : 3 by volume).
  • the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a residue that was impure.
  • the material was triturated with diethylether (5ml) three times.
  • the insoluble solid was repurified by column chromatography eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (95 : 5 : 0.5 by volume) increasing in polarity to dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (90 : 10 : 1 by volume).
  • the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (37mg) as a foam.
  • the title compound was prepared by a similar method to that of Example 33 using (2S,3S,4R,5R)-5- ⁇ 2-(aminomethyl)-6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-9- yI ⁇ - ⁇ /-ethyl-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide (Preparation 11 ) and (3R)-1-benzyl-3-pyrrolidinamine.
  • Preparation 63 was dissolved in a mixture of isopropanol (0.5ml) and Genklene (Trade Mark) (5ml). ⁇ /-[2-(Diisopropylamino)ethyl]-1H-imidazole-1 -carboxamide (48mg, 0.20mmol) (Preparation 27) was added and the reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 2 hours. More ⁇ /-[2-(diisopropylamino)ethyl]-1H- imidazole-1 -carboxamide (35mg, 0.15mmol) (Preparation 27) was then added and the reaction mixture was heated under reflux for a further 2 hours. The reaction mixture was then allowed to cool and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted by the addition of ethyl acetate (100ml) and then washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (ten portions of 100ml) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (100ml).
  • the aqueous extracts were combined and washed with ethyl acetate (three portions of 100ml).
  • the combined organic layers were dried (anhydrous magnesium sulphate) and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a solid that was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (97 : 3 : 0.5 by volume increasing to 80 : 20 : 3 by volume). This gave the title compound as a foam (8.5g).
  • V,0-Bistrimethylsilylacetamide (0.34ml, 1.4mmol) was added to a stirred suspension of ⁇ /-( ⁇ 6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-2-yl ⁇ methyl)- ⁇ / , -[2-(1 - piperidinyl)ethyl]urea (100mg, 0.2mmol) (Preparation 5) in 1 ,1 ,1-trichloroethane (20ml) at 50°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at this temperature for 30 minutes, allowed to cool to room temperature and then evaporated under reduced pressure. Toluene (5ml) was added and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure.
  • Tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium (1.1g, 0.95mmol) was added to a solution of 2-chloro-A/-(1-naphthylmethyl)-9-tetrahydro-2/- -pyran-2-yl-9/-/-purin-6-amine (7.5g, 19mmol) (Preparation 9) , zinc cyanide (1.4g, 11.9mmol) and ⁇ /-ethyl- ⁇ /- isopropyl-2-propanamine (4ml, 23mmol) in N'N'-dimethylformamide (80ml). The reaction mixture was heated to 100°C for 16 hours.
  • the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and ethyl acetate (250ml) was added.
  • the resulting mixture was extracted with aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (2M, 100ml).
  • the sodium hydroxide layer was extracted with more ethyl acetate (50ml).
  • the ethyl acetate layers were combined and washed with water (50ml) and then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate.
  • the solvent was removed under reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (100ml) and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure again.
  • NN'-Carbonyldiimidazole (0.47g, 2.9mmol) was added to a stirred solution of (2S,3S,4R,5R)-5- ⁇ 2-(aminomethyi)-6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9/V-purin-9-yl ⁇ -/ - ethyl-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide (1.5g, 2.9mmol) (Preparation 11 ) in NN'-dimethylformamide (10ml) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. N'-lsopropylethylene diamine was then added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature.
  • Oxalyl chloride (14.0 ml, 160 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of (Sa ⁇ S.eR.eaRJ- ⁇ -methoxy ⁇ -dimethyltetrahydrofurop ⁇ -cOtl ,3]dioxole-4- carboxylic acid (J. Am. Chem. Soc, 80, 1958, 5168-5173) (23.30 g, 107 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (120 ml) and N,N'-dimethylformamide (2 drops) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours until gas evolution had ceased.
  • 2,6-Dichloro-9H-purine (20 g, 0.11 mol) and 4-toluenesulphonic acid monohydrate (0.2 g) were dissolved in ethyl acetate (300 ml), the mixture was heated to 50°C and a solution of 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran (12.6 ml, 0.14 mol) in ethyl acetate (50 ml) was added slowly over 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, water (100 ml) was added and the pH of the solution was adjusted to 7 by addition of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate.
  • Oxone Trade Mark
  • potassium peroxymonosulphate 44 g, 71.7 mmol
  • water 200 ml
  • /V- (2,2-diphenylethyl)-2-(methylsulfanyl)-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin-6- amine Preparation 21
  • acetone 1000 ml
  • water 250 ml
  • N'N'-Carbonyldiimidazole (0.42g, 2.6mmol) was added to a solution of 2- (aminomethyl)-/V-(2,2-diphenylethyI)-9-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl-9/-/-purin-6- amine (1.0g, 2.3mmol) (Preparation 3) in dichloromethane (100ml). The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. Dichloromethane (100ml) was added and the solution was washed with water (50ml) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (50ml). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure.
  • Aqueous hydrochloric acid (2M, 5ml) was added to a solution of ⁇ T-( ⁇ 6-[(2,2- diphenylethyl)amino]-9-tetrahydro-2/-/-pyran-2-yl-9H-purin-2-yl ⁇ methyl)- ⁇ /-methyl- ⁇ /-[2-(2-pyridinyl)ethyl]urea (Preparation 25) in methanol (50ml). The solution was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure.
  • the title compound was prepared from 2,2,6, 6-tetramethylpiperidine using a similar method to that of Preparation 39.
  • Lithium aluminium hydride (66ml of a 1 molar solution in tetrahydrofuran, 0.066mol) was added to a stirred solution of
  • n-Butyl nitrite (4.65 ml, 39.7 mmol) was added to a suspension of (2R,3R,4S,5S)- 2-(2-amino-6-chloro-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-(benzoyloxy)-5-[(ethylamino)carbonyl]- tetrahydro-3-furanyl benzoate (Preparation 46) (8.10 g, 14.7 mmol), iodine (3.73 g, 14.7 mmol), copper(l) iodide (6.16 g, 32.3 mmol) and diiodomethane (12.55 ml, 155.8 mmol) in THF (100 ml) and the mixture was heated under reflux for 2.5 hours.
  • Benzyl 2-aminoethylcarbamate hydrochloride (2g, 8.65mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (50ml) and 3-pentanone (3.7ml, 35mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. Sodium triacetoxy borohydride (5.5g, 26mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was then stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. The solution was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (40ml). The dichloromethane phase was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate and the solvent was removed.
  • lodocyclopentane (1.68g, 8.6mmol) was added to a suspension of potassium carbonate (1.8g, 13.2mmol) and terf-butyl 2-[cyclopentylamino]ethylcarbamate (1.5g, 6.6mmol) (Preparation 53) in N'.N'-dimethylformamide (10ml).
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at 60°C for 72 hours.
  • the reaction mixture was allowed to cool and was then partitioned between ethyl acetate (50ml) and water (50ml). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with brine (30ml) and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate.
  • ife/f-Butyl 2-aminoethylcarbamate (3.0g, 18.8mmol) (Preparation 54) was dissolved in cyclopentanone (30ml).
  • Peariman's Catalyst (0.1g) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas (414 kPa, 100psi) for 48 hours.
  • the catalyst was filtered off through Arbocel (Trade Mark) and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure.
  • the compound was prepared from (2R,3R,4R,5R)-4-(acetyloxy)-2- [(acetyloxy)methyl]-5-(6-chloro-2-cyano-9/-/-purin-9-yl)tetrahydro-3-furanyl acetate (Preparation 45) and 2,2-bis(4-methylphenyl)ethanamine (J. Med. Chem., 1969, 12(1 ), 9) using a similar method to that of Preparation 64.
  • the compound was prepared from (2R,3R,4R,5R)-4-(acetyloxy)-2- [(acetyloxy)methyl]-5-(6-chloro-2-cyano-9/-/-purin-9-yl)tetrahydro-3-furanyl acetate (Preparation 45) and 2,2-bis(3-chlorophenyl)ethanamine (J. Med. Chem., 1988, 31 (7), 1282) using a similar method to that of Preparation 64.
  • Triethylamine (0.2ml, 1.14mmol) was added to a stirred solution of (2R,3R,4R,5R)-4-(acetyloxy)-2-[(acetyloxy)methyl]-5-(6-chloro-2-cyano-9H-purin- 9-yl)tetrahydro-3-furanyl acetate (500mg, 1.14mmol) (Preparation 45) and 2,2- bis(4-chIorophenyl)ethanamine (919mg, 1.2mmol) (J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1983, 105(10), 3138) in acetonitrile (5ml) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours.
  • Diazabicycloundecane (0.18ml, 1.2mmoI) was added to a solution of (6-[(1- naphthylmethyl)amino]-9H-purine-2-carbonitrile (200mg, 0.67mmol) (Preparation 10) and (2S,3S,4R,5R)-5-(acetyloxy)-4-(benzoyloxy)-2-
  • Triethylamine (0.38ml, 2.7mmol) was added to a stirred solution of (2R,3R,4R,5R)-4-(acetyloxy)-2-[(acetyloxy)methyl]-5-(6-chloro-2-cyano-9H-purin- 9-yl)tetrahydro-3-furanyl acetate (1.0g, 2.3mmol) (Preparation 45) and 9H- fluoren-9-ylmethanamine (0.49g, 2.5mmol) (J. Org. Chem., 1971 , 36(23), 3539) in acetonitrile (30ml) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Gynecology & Obstetrics (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Pregnancy & Childbirth (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to compounds of formula (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, to processes for the preparation of, intermediates used in the preparation of, and compositions containing such compounds and the uses of such compounds as adenosine A2a receptor agonists.

Description

PURINE DERIVATIVES
This invention relates to purine derivatives. More particularly, this invention relates to 2-aminoalkyl-9-(tetrahydro-2-furanyl)-9H-purine derivatives and to processes for the preparation of, intermediates used in the preparation of, compositions containing and the Uses of, such derivatives.
These derivatives are selective, functional agonists of the human adenosine A2a receptor and may be used as anti-inflammatory agents in the treatment of, inter alia, diseases of the respiratory tract.
Adenosine is a ubiquitous molecule having a central role in mammalian intermediary metabolism. Independently, adenosine acts on multiple surface receptors to produce a variety of responses. Adenosine receptor classification has revealed the presence of at least four subtypes: A1 , A2a, A2b and A3. Stimulation of adenosine A2 receptors on the surface of human neutrophils has been reported to potently inhibit a range of neutrophil functions. Activated neutrophils can damage lung tissue by release of reactive oxygen species, for example, superoxide anion radicals (02 "), and granule products, for example, human neutrophil elastase (HNE), amongst other inflammatory mediators. In addition, activated neutrophils perform both de novo synthesis and release of arachidonate products such as leukotriene B4 (LTB4). LTB4 is a potent chemo- attractant that recruits additional neutrophils to the inflammatory focus, whereas released 02 " and HNE adversely affect the pulmonary extracellular matrix. The A2 receptor subtype mediating many of these responses (02 ~- and LTB4/HNE release and cell adhesion) is established as A2a. The A2 subtype (A2a or A2b) mediating the other effects remains to be established.
Selective agonist activity at the A2a receptor is considered to offer greater therapeutic benefit than the use of non-selective adenosine receptor agonists because interaction with other subtypes is associated with detrimental effects in the lung in animal models and human tissue studies. For example, asthmatics, but not non-asthmatics, bronchoconstrict when challenged with inhaled adenosine. This response is at least in part due to the activation of the A1 receptor subtype. Activation of A1 receptors also promotes neutrophil chemotaxis and adherence to endothelial cells, thus promoting lung injury. Furthermore, many patients with respiratory disease will be co-prescribed β2- agonists, and negative interaction has been shown in animal studies between isoprenaline and adenosine receptors negatively coupled to adenylate cyclase. Degranulation of human mast cells is promoted by activation of adenosine A2b receptors, thus selectivity over the A2b receptor is also advantageous.
We have now surprisingly found the present purine derivatives inhibit neutrophil function and are selective agonists of the adenosine A2a receptor. They may also have antagonist activity at the adenosine A3 receptor. The present compounds may be used to treat any disease for which an adenosine A2a receptor agonist is indicated. They can be used to treat a disease where leukocyte (e.g. neutrophil, eosinophil, basophil, lymphocyte, macrophage)- induced tissue damage is implicated. They are useful as anti-inflammatory agents in the treatment of diseases of the respiratory tract such as adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), bronchitis, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, cystic fibrosis, asthma, emphysema, bronchiectasis, chronic sinusitis and rhinitis. The present compounds may also be used in the treatment of septic shock, male erectile dysfunction, male factor infertility, female factor infertility, hypertension, stroke, epilepsy, cerebral ischaemia, peripheral vascular disease, post-ischaemic reperfusion injury, diabetes, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis, dermatitis, allergic dermatitis, eczema, ulcerative colitis, Crohns disease, inflammatory bowel disease, Heliobacter pylori gastritis,
Figure imgf000003_0001
pylori gastritis, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug-induced damage to the gastro-intestinal tract or a psychotic disorder, or for wound healing. Accordingly, the present invention provides a compound of the formula
Figure imgf000004_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein
R1 is (i) H, (ii) C C6 alkyl optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl, said phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl being optionally substituted by C C6 alkyl, C C6 alkoxy, halo or cyano, or (iii) fluorenyl;
R2 is H or CrC6 alkyl;
either, R3 and R4, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, represent azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, homopiperidinyl or homopiperazinyl, each being optionally substituted on a ring nitrogen or carbon atom by CrC6 alkyl or C3-C8 cycloalkyl and optionally substituted on a ring carbon atom not adjacent to a ring nitrogen atom by -NR6R7 or -OR9,
or, R3 is H, C C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl or benzyl, said C.,-C6 alkyl being optionally substituted by C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and R4 is
(a) C C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl or R15, said O,-C6 alkyl being optionally substituted by R15, or (b) -(C2-C6 alkylene)-R8, or (c) -(C,-Cβ alky!ene)-R13; R5 is -CH2OH or -CONR14R14;
R6 and R7 are either each independently H or C C6 alkyl or, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, represent azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl, said azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl and piperidinyl being optionally substituted by CrCβ alkyl;
R8 is (i) azetidin-1-yl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, piperidin-1-yl, morpholin-4-yl, piperazin-1- yl, homopiperidin-1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl or tetrahydroisoquinolin-1-yl, each being optionally substituted on a ring carbon atom by C.,-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, CrC6 alkoxy-^-C^-alkyl, R9R9N-(CrC6)-alkyl, fluoro-(CrC6)- alkyl, -CONR9R9, -COOR9 or C2-C5 alkanoyl and optionally substituted on a ring carbon atom not adjacent to a ring nitrogen atom by fluoro-(C,-C6)-alkoxy, halo, -OR9, cyano, -S(0)mR1°, -NR9R9, -S02NR9R9, -NR9COR10 or -NR9S02R10 and said piperazin-1-yl and homopiperazin-1-yl being optionally substituted on the ring nitrogen atom not attached to the C2-C6 alkylene group by C C6 alkyl, phenyl, C C6 alkoxy-(C2-C6)-alkyl, R9R9N-(C2-C6)-alkyl, fluoro-(C1-C6)-alkyl, C2-C5 alkanoyl, -COOR10, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, -S02R1°, -S02NR9R9 or -CONR9R9, or (ii) -NR11R12;
R9 is H, CrC6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl or phenyl;
R10 is C C6 aikyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl or phenyl;
R11 is C.,-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl or benzyl;
R12 is CrC6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, fluoro-(C1-C6)-aIkyl, -CONR9R9, -COOR10, -COR10, -S02R10 or -S02NR9R9, said C,-C6 alkyl being optionally substituted by phenyl;
R13 is phenyl, pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl or pyridin-4-yl, each being optionally substituted by C.,-C6 alkyl, alkoxy, halo or cyano; R14 is H or C|-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by cyclopropyl;
R15 is azetidin-3-yl, pyrrolidin-3-yl, piperidin-3-yl, piperidin-4-yl, homopiperidin-3-yl or homopiperidin-4-yI, each being optionally substituted by R13, C C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl or benzyl;
m is 0, 1 or 2;
X is -CH2- or -CH2CH2-; and
Y is CO, CS, S02 or C=N(CN).
In the above definitions, halo means fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo and alkyl, alkylene, alkanoyl and alkoxy groups containing the requisite number of carbon atoms can be unbranched or branched chain. Examples of alkyl include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, sec-butyl and t-butyl. Examples of alkoxy include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, i-propoxy, n-butoxy, i-butoxy, sec-butoxy and t-butoxy. Examples of alkanoyl include acetyl and propanoyl. Examples of alkylene include methylene, 1 ,1 -ethylene, 1 ,2-ethylene, 1 ,1 -propylene, 1 ,2- propylene, 1 ,3-propyIene and 2,2-propyIene. Examples of cycloalkyl include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl.
The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of the formula (I) include the acid addition and the base salts thereof.
Suitable acid addition salts are formed from acids which form non-toxic salts and examples are the hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, sulphate, bisulphate, nitrate, phosphate, hydrogen phosphate, acetate, maleate, fumarate, lactate, tartrate, citrate, gluconate, succinate, saccharate, benzoate, methanesulphonate, ethanesulphonate, benzenesulphonate, para-toluenesulphonate and pamoate salts. Suitable base salts are formed from bases which form non-toxic salts and examples are the sodium, potassium, aluminium, calcium, magnesium, zinc and diethanolamine salts.
For a review on suitable salts see Berge et al, J. Pharm. Sci., 66, 1-19, 1977.
The pharmaceutically acceptable solvates of the compounds of the formula (I) include the hydrates thereof.
Also included within the present scope of the compounds of the formula (I) are polymorphs thereof.
A compound of the formula (I) may contain one or more additional asymmetric carbon atoms and therefore exist in two or more stereoisomeric forms. The present invention includes the individual stereoisomers of the compounds of the formula (I) together with, where appropriate, the individual tautomers thereof, and mixtures thereof.
Separation of diastereoisomers may be achieved by conventional techniques, e.g. by fractional crystallisation, chromatography or H.P.L.C. of a stereoisomeric mixture of a compound of the formula (I) or a suitable salt or derivative thereof.
An individual enantiomer of a compound of the formula (I) may also be prepared from a corresponding optically pure intermediate or by resolution, such as by
H.P.L.C. of the corresponding racemate using a suitable chiral support or by fractional crystallisation of the diastereoisomeric salts formed by reaction of the corresponding racemate with a suitable optically active acid or base, as appropriate.
Preferably, R1 is C,-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl, said phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl being optionally substituted by CrC6 alkyl, CrC6 alkoxy, halo or cyano.
Preferably, R1 is C C6 alkyl substituted by 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl, said phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl being optionally substituted by CrC6 alkyl, alkoxy, halo or cyano. Preferably, R1 is C,-C4 alkyl substituted by 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl, said phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl being optionally substituted by CrC6 alkyl, CrC6 alkoxy, halo or cyano.
Preferably, R1 is methyl or ethyl substituted by 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl, said phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl being optionally substituted by C C6 alkyl, C^Ce alkoxy, halo or cyano.
Preferably, R1 is methyl or ethyl substituted by 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl, said phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl being optionally substituted by C C6 alkyl or halo.
Preferably, R1 is diphenylethyl, di(chlorophenyl)ethyl, di(methylphenyl)ethyl, naphthylmethyl or fluorenylmethyl.
Preferably, R1 is 2,2-diphenyleth-1-yl, 2,2-di(4-chlorophenyl)eth-1-yl, 2,2-di(3- chlorophenyl)eth-1 -yl, 2,2-di(4-methylphenyl)eth-1 -yl, 2,2-di(3-methyIphenyl)eth- 1 -yl, naphth-1 -ylmethyl or fluoren-9-ylmethyl.
Preferably, R1 is 2,2-diphenyIeth-1-yl.
Preferably, R2 is H or CrC4 alkyl. Preferably, R2 is H or CrC2 alkyl. Preferably, R2 is H or methyl. Preferably, R2 is H.
Preferably R3 and R4 do not form part of the same cyclic structure.
Preferably, R3 s H or CrC6 alkyl. Preferably, R3 s H or CrC4 alkyl. Preferably, R3 s H or CrC2 alkyl. Preferably, R3 s H or methyl. Preferably, R3 s H.
Preferably, R4 is (a) C C4 alkyl substituted by -R15, C3-C6 cycloalkyl or -R15; or (b) -(C2-C4 alkylene)-R8, or (c) -(C C4 alkylene)-R13.
Preferably, R4 is (a) C,-C2 alkyl substituted by -R15, C5-C6 cycloalkyl or -R15; or (b) -(ethylene)-R8, or (c) -(C^C-2 alkylene)-R13. Preferably, R4 is -CH2R15, cyclohexyl, -R15, -CH2CH2R8, -CH2R13 or -CH2CH2R13. Preferably, R4 is 2-diisopropylaminoeth-1-yl or 2-piperidin-1 -yleth-1 -yl.
Preferably, R5 is -CH2OH or -CONH(C Cβ alkyl). Preferably, R5 is -CH2OH or -CONH(CrC4 alkyl). Preferably, R5 is -CH2OH or -CONH(CrC2 alkyl). Preferably, R5 is -CH2OH or -CONHCH2CH3.
Preferably, R8 is (i) piperidin-1-yl or 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-2-yl, each being optionally substituted on a ring carbon atom by CrC6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, CrC6 alkoxy-(C,-C6)-alkyl, R9R9N-(CrC6)-alkyl, fluoro-(CrC6)-alkyl, -CONR9R9, -COOR9 or C2-C5 alkanoyl and optionally substituted on a ring carbon atom not adjacent to a ring nitrogen atom by fluoro-(C,-C6)-alkoxy, halo, -OR9, cyano, -S(0)mR10, -NR9R9, -S02NR9R9, -NR9COR10 or -NR9S02R10, or (ii) -NR11R12.
Preferably, R8 is (i) piperidin-1-yl or 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-2-yl, each being optionally substituted on a ring carbon atom by C,-C6 alkyl, or (ii) -NR11R12. Preferably, R8 is (i) piperidin-1-yl or 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-2-yl, each being optionally substituted on a ring carbon atom by C,-C3 alkyl, or (ii) -NR11R12. Preferably, R8 is (i) piperidin-1-yl or 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-2-yl, each being optionally substituted on a ring carbon atom by methyl or propyl, or (ii) -NR11R12. Preferably, R8 is piperidin-1-yl, 4-(2-propyl)piperidin-1-yl, 2,2,6,6- tetramethylpiperidin-1-yl, 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-2-yl or -NR11R12.
Preferably, R11 is CrC6 alkyl or C3-C8 cycloalkyl.
Preferably, R11 is CrC5 alkyl or C3-C6 cycloalkyl.
Preferably, R11 is propyl, butyl, pentyl, cyclohexyl or cyclopentyl.
Preferably, R11 is -CH(CH3)2, -CH2CH2CH2CH3, -CH2CH(CH3)2, -C(CH3)3,
-CH(CH2CH3)2, cyclohexyl or cyclopentyl. Preferably, R12 is CrC6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, -COR10 or -S02R10 said
Figure imgf000009_0001
alkyl being optionally substituted by phenyl.
Preferably, R12 is CrC5 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, -COR10 or -S02R10 said CrC6 alkyl being optionally substituted by phenyl.
Preferably, R12 is propyl, butyl, pentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, phenylbutyl, -COPh or -S02Ph. Preferably, R12 is -CH(CH3)2, -CH2CH2CH2CH3, -CH2CH(CH3)2, -C(CH3)3, -CH(CH2CH3)2, -C(CH3)2Ph, -S02Ph, -COPh, cyclohexyl or cyclopentyl.
Preferably, R13 is phenyl or pyridin-2-yI, each being optionally substituted by C C6 alkyl,
Figure imgf000010_0001
alkoxy, halo or cyano. Preferably, R13 is phenyl or pyridin-2-yl.
Preferably, R15 is pyrrolidin-3-yl or piperidin-4-yl, each being optionally substituted by R13, C C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl or benzyl. Preferably, R15 is pyrrolidin-3-yl or piperidin-4-yl, each being optionally substituted by R13 or benzyl.
Preferably, R15 is 1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yl, 1-(2-pyridinyl)piperidin-4-yl, or 1-benzyi- pyrrolidin-3-yl.
Preferably, X is -CH2-.
Preferably, Y is CO or C=N(CN). Preferably, Y is CO.
Preferred individual compounds of the formula (I) include Examples 1-40 listed below and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof.
All of the compounds of the formula (I) can be prepared by conventional routes such as by the procedures described in the general methods presented below or by the specific methods described in the Examples section, or by similar methods thereto. The present invention also encompasses any one or more of these processes for preparing the compounds of formula (I), in addition to any novel intermediates used therein.
In the following general methods, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, X and Y are as previously defined for a compound of the formula (I) unless otherwise stated.
1. Compounds of the formula (I) in which R5 is -CONR14R14 may be prepared by the deprotection of a compound of the formula
Figure imgf000011_0001
wherein P1 and P2 are suitable protecting groups which may be the same or different and may optionally form part of the same protecting group. Compounds of the formula (I) in which R5 is -CH2OH may be prepared by the deprotection of a compound of the formula
Figure imgf000011_0002
wherein P1, P2 and P3 are suitable protecting groups which may be the same or different, P1 and P2 optionally forming part of the same protecting group. When deprotecting a compound of the formula (II) or a compound of the formula (III), the relevant protecting groups may be removed separately, progressing through one or more semi-protected intermediates, or together, or in any combination. Examples of suitable protecting groups will be apparent to the skilled person [see, for instance, 'Protecting groups in Organic Synthesis (Second Edition)', Theodora W. Green and Peter G. M. Wuts, John Wiley and Sons, 1991]. Preferred individual protecting groups are alkanoyl and aroyl. Preferred protecting groups where P1 and P2 form part of the same protecting group are where P1 and P2 taken together are C C6 alkylene. Particularly preferred individual protecting groups are acetyl and benzoyl. A particularly preferred protecting group where P1and P2form part of the same protecting group is where P1 and P2 taken together are dimethylmethylene. Suitable conditions for the deprotection are well known in the art [see, for instance, 'Protecting groups in Organic Synthesis (Second Edition)', Theodora W. Green and Peter G. M. Wuts, John Wiley and Sons, 1991]. In a typical procedure, a solution of a compound of the formula (III), wherein P1, P2 and P3 are each acetyl, in a suitable solvent, such as methanol, is treated with a nucleophilic reagent, such as ammonia or a primary amine, or a base such as potassium carbonate, typically at room temperature. In another typical procedure, a solution of a compound of the formula (II), wherein P1and P2 are each benzoyl, in a suitable solvent, such as methanol, is treated with a nucleophilic reagent, such as ammonia or a primary amine, or a base such as potassium carbonate, typically at a temperature from room temperature to 60 °C.
Compounds of the formula (II) in which X is -CH2- (i.e. compounds of the formula (IIA)) and compounds of the formula (III) in which X is -CH2- (i.e. compounds of the formula (I IIA)) may be prepared according to the route shown in Scheme 1 wherein P4 represents a suitable protecting group.
Scheme 1
Figure imgf000013_0001
As shown in Scheme 1 , compounds of the formula (IIA) may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula
Figure imgf000013_0002
(in which P1 and P2 are as defined above) with trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate and a compound of the formula (IV) which has been derivatised with N,0-bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide. In a typical procedure, the compound of the formula (IV) is heated in the presence of a suitable solvent, such as 1 ,1 ,1-trichloroethane, with N,0-bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide at an elevated temperature, preferably at about 50 °C. The mixture is then allowed to cool and the solvent is evaporated. A solution of the residue in a suitable solvent, such as toluene, is treated with the compound of the formula (V) and trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate and the mixture is heated, preferably under reflux, under a nitrogen atmosphere, to give the compound of the formula (IIA).
Compounds of the formula (I IIA) may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula
Figure imgf000014_0001
(in which P1, P2 and P3 are as defined above) with trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate and a compound of the formula (IV) which has been derivatised with N,0-bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide. In a typical procedure, the compound of the formula (IV) is heated in the presence of a suitable solvent, such as 1 ,1 ,1-trichloroethane, with N,0-bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide at an elevated temperature, preferably at 50 °C. The mixture is then allowed to cool and the solvent is removed. A solution of the residue in a suitable solvent such as toluene is treated with the compound of the formula (VI) and trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate and the mixture is heated, preferably under reflux, under a nitrogen atmosphere, to give the compound of the formula (IIIA).
Compounds of the formula (IV) may be prepared by the deprotection of a compound of the formula (VII) wherein P4 is a suitable protecting group. Examples of suitable protecting groups will be apparent to the skilled person [see, for instance, 'Protecting groups in Organic Synthesis (Second Edition)', Theodora W. Green and Peter G. M. Wuts, John Wiley and Sons, 1991]. A preferred protecting group is tetrahydropyran-2-yl. Suitable conditions for the deprotection are well known in the art [see, for instance, 'Protecting groups in Organic Synthesis (Second Edition)', Theodora W. Green and Peter G. M. Wuts, John Wiley and Sons, 1991]. In a typical procedure, where P4 is tetrahydropyran- 2-yl, the protecting group is removed by treating a solution of the compound of the formula (VII) in a suitable solvent, such as methanol, with an acid such as hydrochloric acid, preferably 2M aqueous hydrochloric acid.
Compounds of the formula (VII) in which Y is CO may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula
Figure imgf000015_0001
in which L1 is a suitable leaving group, with a compound of the formula (VIII) in a suitable solvent, such as a mixture of toluene and isopropanol, typically at an elevated temperature, preferably under reflux. The leaving group L1 is preferably halo (e.g. chloro) or imidazol-1-yl, most preferably imidazol-1-yl. Compounds of the formula (X) wherein L1 is imidazol-1-yl may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula
R3R4NH (XI)
with 1 ,1'-carbonyldiimidazole. In a typical reaction a compound of the formula (XI) is added to a solution of 1 ,1'-carbonyldiimidazole in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane. Compounds of the formula (XI) are either commercially available or may be prepared by standard techniques well known to persons skilled in the art. Other compounds of the formula (X) are either commercially available or easily prepared by methods well known to the person skilled in the art.
Compounds of the formula (VII) in which Y is CO may also be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (VIII) with a compound of the formula L2COL3 (XII)
in which L2 and L3 are suitable leaving groups, to form an intermediate of the formula
Figure imgf000016_0001
in which L4 represents either of the leaving groups L2 or L3 and P4 is as defined above, followed by the addition of a compound of the formula (XI) to the reaction mixture. Preferably, L2 and L3 are each halo or imidazol-1-yl. Most preferably, L2 and L3 are each imidazol-1-yl. In a typical example, where L2 and L3 are each imidazol-1-yl, a solution of the compound of the formula (VIII) in a suitable solvent, such as dichloromethane, is treated with 1 ,1'-carbonyldiimidazole. The reaction mixture is stirred, preferably at room temperature, until thin layer chromatography (TLC) indicates a substantially complete reaction has occurred and then a compound of the formula (XI) is added to give the compound of the formula (VII).
Compounds of the formula (VII) in which Y is CS may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula
L5L6C=S (XIV)
in which L5 and L6 are suitable leaving groups, with a compound of the formula (VIII), to form an intermediate of the formula
Figure imgf000017_0001
in which L7 represents either of the leaving groups L5 or L6, followed by the addition of a compound of the formula (XI). The leaving groups L5 and L6 may be the same or different and are typically selected from
Figure imgf000017_0002
alkyl) or imidazol-1- yl. Preferably, L5 and L6 are each methylthio or imidazol-1-yl. In a typical procedure, a solution of the compound of the formula (XIV) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol, is treated with the compound of the formula (VIII), preferably at an elevated temperature, most preferably under reflux. When analysis by thin layer chromatography shows that a substantially complete reaction has occurred, a compound of the formula (XI) is added and the reaction mixture is preferably heated, most preferably under reflux
Alternatively, compounds of the formula (VII) in which Y is CS may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XIV) in which L5 and L6 are as defined above, with a compound of the formula (XI), to form an intermediate of the formula
Figure imgf000017_0003
in which L8 represents either of the leaving groups L5 or L6, followed by the addition of a compound of the formula (VIII). In a typical procedure, a solution of the compound of the formula (XIV) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol, is treated with the compound of the formula (XI), preferably at an elevated temperature, most preferably under reflux. When analysis by thin layer chromatography shows that a substantially complete reaction has occurred, a compound of the formula (VIII) is added and the reaction mixture is preferably heated, most preferably under reflux.
Compounds of the formula (VII) in which Y is S02 may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula
R3R4NS02L9 (XVII)
in which L9 is a suitable leaving group, typically halo, with a compound of the formula (VIII), optionally in the presence of an acid acceptor. Preferably, L9 is chloro. In a typical example, a solution of the compound of the formula (VIII) in a suitable solvent, such as pyridine, is treated with the compound of the formula (XVII) and preferably heated, most preferably at 90°C. Compounds of the formula (XVII) may be prepared by treating a compound of the formula
R3R NS03H (XVlll)
with an activating agent. In a typical example, where L9 is chloro, a solution of a compound of the formula (XVIII), in a suitable solvent such as toluene, is treated with PCI5 and heated, preferably under reflux. Compounds of the formula (XVIII) may be prepared by treating a compound of the formula (XI) with chlorosulphonic acid. In a typical procedure, a solution of the compound of the formula (XI) in a suitable solvent, such as dichloromethane, is treated with chlorosulphonic acid, optionally in the presence of a proton acceptor such as triethylamine.
Compounds of the formula (VII) in which Y is C=N(CN) may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula
L10L11C=N(CN) (XIX)
in which L 0 and L11 are suitable leaving groups, with a compound of the formula (VIII), to form an intermediate of the formula
Figure imgf000019_0001
in which L12 represents either of leaving groups L10 or L11, followed by the addition of a compound of the formula (XI). The leaving groups L10 and L11 may be the same or different and are typically selected from halo and -S(C,-C6 alkyl). Preferably, L10 and L11 are each methythio. In a typical procedure, where L10 and L 1 are each methylthio, a solution of a compound of the formula (VIII) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol, is treated with dimethylcyanothioimidocarbamate, preferably at room temperature. When a substantially complete reaction is indicated by thin layer chromatography (TLC), a compound of the formula (XI) is added and the reaction mixture is preferably heated, most preferably under reflux.
Alternatively, compounds of the formula (VII) in which Y is C=N(CN) may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XIX) in which L10 and L11 are as defined above, with a compound of the formula (XI), to form an intermediate of the formula
Figure imgf000019_0002
in which L13 represents either of the leaving groups L10 or L11, followed by the addition of a compound of the formula (VIII). In a typical procedure, where L10 and L11 are each methylthio, a solution of a compound of the formula (XI) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol, is treated with dimethylcyanothioimidocarbamate, preferably at room temperature. When a substantially complete reaction is indicated by thin layer chromatography (TLC), a compound of the formula (VIII) is added and the reaction mixture is preferably heated, most preferably under reflux.
Compounds of the formula (VIII) may be prepared by the reduction of a compound of the formula (IX) with a suitable reducing agent, preferably a palladium catalyst and hydrogen gas, in the presence of a compound of the formula
R NH2 (XXIA).
In a typical procedure, where R2 = H, a compound of the formula (IX) is dissolved in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol, which has been saturated with ammonia gas, a palladium catalyst such as 10% w/w palladium on carbon is added and the reaction mixture is stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas, typically at a pressure of 414kPa (60psi). Compounds of the formula (IX) are known in the art (see, for example, WO-A-00/23457). Compounds of the formula (XXIA) are either commercially available or readily prepared by methods well known to those skilled in the art.
Compounds of the formula (III) in which X is -CH2CH2- (i.e. compounds of the formula (NIB)) may be prepared according to the route shown in Scheme 2 wherein A represents an activating group and P\ P2 and P3 represent suitable protecting groups. P\ P2 and P3 may be the same or different, P1 and P2 optionally forming part of the same protecting group. Examples of suitable protecting groups will be apparent to the skilled person [see, for instance, 'Protecting groups in Organic Synthesis (Second Edition)', Theodora W. Green and Peter G. M. Wuts, John Wiley and Sons, 1991]. Preferred individual protecting groups are tri(C1-C6)alkylsilyl, di(C1-C6)alkylphenylsilyl and (Cr C6)alkyldiphenylsilyl. Preferred protecting groups where P1 and P2 form part of the same protecting group are where P1 and P2 taken together are C C6 alkylene. Particularly preferred individual protecting groups are tert-butyldimethylsilyl and triethylsilyl. A particularly preferred protecting group where P1 and P2form part of the same protecting group is where P1 and P2 taken together are dimethylmethylene. Scheme 2
Figure imgf000021_0001
In Scheme 2, the compounds of the formula (NIB) in which Y is CO may be prepared by the reaction of compound of the formula (X), in which L1 is as defined above, with a compound of the formula (XXII) in a suitable solvent, such as a mixture of toluene and isopropanol, typically at an elevated temperature, preferably under reflux.
Alternatively, compounds of the formula (I I IB) in which Y is CO may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XXII) with a compound of the formula (XII), in which L2 and L3 are as defined above, to form an intermediate of the formula (XXVII)
Figure imgf000022_0001
in which L14 represents either of leaving groups L2 or L3. The intermediate (XXVII) is reacted with a compound of the formula (XI) to provide a compound of the formula (NIB). In a typical example, where L2 and L3 are each imidazol-1-yl, a solution of the compound of the formula (XXII) in a suitable solvent, such as dichloromethane, is treated with 1 ,1'-carbonyldiimidazole. The reaction mixture is stirred, preferably at room temperature, until thin layer chromatography (TLC) indicates a substantially complete reaction has occurred and then a compound of the formula (XI) is added to give the compound of the formula (IIIB).
Compounds of the formula (I) in which Y is CS may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XIV) in which L5 and L6 are as defined above, with a compound of the formula (XXII), to form an intermediate of the formula
(XXVIII)
Figure imgf000022_0002
in which L15 represents either of leaving groups L5 or L6. The intermediate of the formula (XXVIII) is reacted with a compound of the formula (XI) to provide a compound of the formula (IIIB). In a typical procedure, a solution of the compound of the formula (XIV) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol, is treated with the compound of the formula (XXII), preferably at an elevated temperature, most preferably under reflux. When analysis by thin layer chromatography shows that a substantially complete reaction has occurred, the compound of the formula (XI) is added and the reaction mixture is preferably heated, most preferably under reflux.
Alternatively, compounds of the formula (IIIB) in which Y is CS may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XVI), in which L8 is as defined above, with a compound of the formula (XXll). In a typical procedure, a solution of the compound of the formula (XVI) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol, is treated with the compound of the formula (XXll) and preferably heated, most preferably under reflux.
Compounds of the formula (IIIB) in which Y is S02 may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XVII), in which L9 is as defined above, with a compound of formula (XXll), optionally in the presence of an acid acceptor. In a typical procedure, a solution of the compound of the formula (XVII) in a suitable solvent, such as pyridine, is treated with the compound of the formula (XXll) and heated, typically at 90°C.
Compounds of the formula (IIIB) in which Y is C=N(CN) may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XIX) in which L10 and L11 are as defined above, with a compound of the formula (XXII), to form an intermediate of the formula
Figure imgf000023_0001
in which L16 represents either of leaving groups L10 or L11. The intermediate of the formula (XXIX) is reacted with a compound of the formula (XI) to provide a compound of the formula (IIIB). In a typical procedure, where L10 and L11 are each methylthio, a solution of a compound of the formula (XXII) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol, is treated with dimethylcyanothioimidocarbamate, preferably at room temperature. When a substantially complete reaction is indicated by thin layer chromatography (TLC), a compound of the formula (XI) is added and the reaction mixture is preferably heated, most preferably under reflux.
Alternatively, compounds of the formula (IIIB) in which Y is C=N(CN) may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XXI), in which L13 is as defined above, with a compound of the formula (XXll). In a typical procedure, a solution of the compound of the formula (XXI) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol, is treated with the compound of the formula (XXll) and preferably heated, most preferably under reflux.
Compounds of the formula (XXll) may be prepared by the reduction of a compound of the formula (XXIll) with a suitable reducing agent in the presence of a compound of the formula (XXIA). A preferred reducing agent is Raney nickel, optionally in the presence of hydrogen gas. In a typical procedure, where R2 = H, the compound of the formula (XXIll) is dissolved in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol, which has been saturated with ammonia gas, Raney nickel is added and the reaction mixture is shaken, preferably at room temperature.
Compounds of the formula (XXIll) may be prepared by the displacement of a leaving group 'OA', in which A is an activating group, from a compound of the formula (XXIV) with cyanide anion. In a typical example, a solution of the compound of the formula (XXIV) in a suitable solvent, such as N,N- dimethylformamide, is treated with a source of cyanide ion, such as potassium cyanide to give the compound of the formula (XXIll). Examples of suitable choices for A will be apparent to the skilled man [see for example 'Advanced Organic Chemistry (Third Edition)', Jerry March, Wiley-lnterscience, 1985]. Preferably, A is (CrC6)alkylsulphonyl, phenylsulphonyl or ((C C6)alkylphenyl)sulphonyl. Most preferably, A is methylsulphonyl. Compounds of the formula (XXIV) may be prepared by the activation of the free hydroxyl in a compound of the formula (XXV). In a typical example, where A is methylsulphonyl, a solution of the compound of the formula (XXV) in a suitable solvent, such as dichloromethane, is treated with methanesulfonyl chloride in the presence of a proton acceptor such as triethylamine.
Compounds of the formula (XXV) may be prepared by the reduction of an ester of the formula (XXVI) with a suitable reducing agent, such as lithium borohydride, in a suitable solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran.
Compounds of the formula (II) in which X is -CH2CH2- (i.e. compounds of the formula (MB)) may be prepared according to the route shown in Scheme 3 wherein A represents an activating group, as defined above, and P1 and P2 represent suitable protecting groups. P1 and P2 may be the same or different and optionally form part of the same protecting group. Examples of suitable protecting groups will be apparent to the skilled person [see, for instance, 'Protecting groups in Organic Synthesis (Second Edition)', Theodora W. Green and Peter G. M. Wuts, John Wiley and Sons, 1991]. Preferred individual protecting groups are tri(C C6)alkylsilyl, di(CrC6)alkylphenylsilyl and (C1-C6)alkyldiphenylsilyl. Preferred protecting groups where P1 and P2 form part of the same protecting group are where P1 and P2 taken together are C,-C6 alkylene. Particularly preferred individual protecting groups are tert-butyldimethylsilyl and. triethylsilyl. A particularly preferred protecting group where P1 and P2 form part of the same protecting group is where P1 and P2 taken together are dimethylmethylene.
Scheme 3
Figure imgf000026_0001
In Scheme 3, the compounds of the formula (IIB) in which Y is CO may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (X), in which L1 is as defined above, with a compound of the formula (XXX) in a suitable solvent, such as a mixture of toluene and isopropanol, typically at an elevated temperature, preferably under reflux.
Alternatively, compounds of the formula (IIB) in which Y is CO may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XXX) with a compound of the formula (XII), in which L2 and L3 are as defined above, to form an intermediate of the formula
Figure imgf000027_0001
in which L17 represents either of leaving groups L2 or L3. The intermediate of the formula (XXXV) is reacted with a compound of the formula (XI) to form a compound of the formula (IIB). In a typical example, a solution of the compound of the formula (XXX) in a suitable solvent, such as dichloromethane, is treated with the compound of the formula (XII). The reaction mixture is stirred, preferably at room temperature, until thin layer chromatography (TLC) indicates a substantially complete reaction has occurred and then a compound of the formula (XI) is added to give the compound of the formula (IIB).
Compounds of the formula (IIB) in which Y is CS may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XIV) in which L5 and L6 are as defined above, with a compound of the formula (XXX), to form an intermediate of the formula
(XXXVI)
Figure imgf000027_0002
in which L18 represents either of leaving groups L5 or L6. The intermediate of the formula (XXXVI) is reacted with a compound of the formula (XI) to provide a compound of the formula (IIB). In a typical procedure, a solution of the compound of the formula (XIV) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol, is treated with the compound of the formula (XXX), typically at an elevated temperature. Preferably, the reaction mixture is heated under reflux. When analysis by thin layer chromatography shows that a substantially complete reaction has occurred, the compound of the formula (XI) is added and the reaction mixture is preferably heated, most preferably under reflux.
Alternatively, compounds of the formula (IIB) in which Y is CS may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XVI), in which L8 is as defined above, with a compound of the formula (XXX). In a typical procedure, a solution of the compound of the formula (XVI) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol, is treated with the compound of the formula (XXX), typically at an elevated temperature. Preferably, the reaction mixture is heated under reflux.
Compounds of the formula (IIB) in which Y is S02 may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XVII) in which L9 is as defined above with a compound of the formula (XXX). In a typical example, a solution of the compound of the formula (XXX) in a suitable solvent, such as pyridine, is treated with the compound of the formula (XVII) and heated, typically at 90°C.
Compounds of the formula (IIB) in which Y is C=N(CN) may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XIX) in which L10 and L11 are as defined above, with a compound of the formula (XXX), to form an intermediate of the formula
(XXXVII)
Figure imgf000028_0001
in which L19 represents either of leaving groups L10 or L11. The intermediate of the formula (XXXVII) is reacted with a compound of the formula (XI) to provide a compound of the formula (IIB). In a typical procedure, where L10 and L1 are each methylthio, a solution of a compound of the formula (XXX) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol, is treated with dimethylcyanothioimidocarbamate, preferably at room temperature. When a substantially complete reaction is indicated by thin layer chromatography (TLC), a compound of the formula (XI) is added and the reaction mixture is preferably heated, most preferably under reflux.
Alternatively, compounds of the formula (IIB) in which Y is C=N(CN) may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XXI), in which L13 is as defined above, with a compound of the formula (XXX). In a typical procedure, a solution of the compound of the formula (XXI) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol, is treated with the compound of the formula (XXX) and preferably heated, most preferably under reflux.
Compounds of the formula (XXX) may be prepared by the reduction of a compound of the formula (XXXI) with a suitable reducing agent in the presence of a compound of the formula (XXIA). A preferred reducing agent is Raney nickel, optionally in the presence of hydrogen gas. In a typical example, where R2 = H, a compound of the formula (XXXI) is dissolved in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol, which has been saturated with ammonia gas, Raney nickel is added and the reaction mixture is shaken, preferably at room temperature.
Compounds of the formula (XXXI) may be prepared by the displacement of a leaving group 'OA', from a compound of the formula (XXXII) with cyanide anion. In a typical example, a solution of the compound of the formula (XXXII) in a suitable solvent, such as N,N-dimethylformamide, is treated with a source of cyanide ion, such as potassium cyanide, to give the compound of the formula (XXXI).
Compounds of the formula (XXXII) may be prepared by the activation of the free hydroxyl in a compound of the formula (XXXIII). In a typical example, where A is methylsulphonyl, a solution of the compound of the formula (XXXIII) in a suitable solvent, such as dichloromethane, is treated with methanesulphonyl chloride in the presence of a proton acceptor such as triethylamine.
Compounds of the formula (XXXIII) may be prepared by the reduction of an ester of the formula (XXXIV) with a suitable reducing agent, such as lithium borohydride, in a suitable solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran.
2. Compounds of the formula (I) may also be prepared by the derivatisation of a compound of the formula
(XXXVIII)
Figure imgf000030_0001
as described below.
Compounds of the formula (I) in which Y is CO may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (X), in which L1 is as defined above, with a compound of the formula (XXXVIII) in a suitable solvent, such as a mixture of toluene and isopropanol, preferably at an elevated temperature, most preferably under reflux.
Alternatively, compounds of the formula (I) in which Y is CO may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XXXVIII) with a compound of the formula (XII), in which L2 and L3 are as defined above, to form an intermediate of the formula (XXXIX)
Figure imgf000031_0001
in which L20 represents either of leaving groups L2 or L3. The intermediate (XXXIX) is reacted with a compound of the formula (XI) to provide a compound of the formula (I). In a typical example, where L2 and L3 are each imidazol-1-yl, a solution of the compound of the formula (XXXVIII) in a suitable solvent, such as dichloromethane, is treated with 1 ,1'-carbonyldiimidazole. The reaction mixture is stirred, preferably at room temperature, until thin layer chromatography (TLC) indicates a substantially complete reaction has occurred and then a compound of the formula (XI) is added to give the compound of the formula (I).
Compounds of the formula (I) in which Y is CS may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XIV) in which L5 and L6 are as defined above, with a compound of the formula (XXXVIII), to form an intermediate of the formula
Figure imgf000031_0002
in which L21 represents either of the leaving groups L5 or L6. The intermediate of the formula (XXXX) is reacted with a compound of the formula (XI) to provide a compound of the formula (I). In a typical procedure, a solution of the compound of the formula (XXXVIII) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol, is treated with the compound of the formula (XIV), preferably at an elevated temperature, most preferably under reflux. When analysis by thin layer chromatography shows that a substantially complete reaction has occurred, a compound of the formula (XI) is added and the reaction mixture is preferably heated, most preferably under reflux.
Alternatively, compound of the formula (I) in which Y is CS may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XVI) in which L8 is as defined above with a compound of the formula (XXXVIIl). In a typical procedure, a solution of the compound of the formula (XVI) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol, is treated with the compound of the formula (XXXVIIl) and preferably heated, most preferably under reflux.
Compounds of the formula (I) in which Y is S02 may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XVII), in which L9 is as defined above, with a compound of the formula (XXXVIIl), optionally in the presence of an acid acceptor. In a typical procedure, a solution of the compound of the formula (XXXVIIl) in a suitable solvent, such as pyridine, is treated with the compound of the formula (XVII) and heated, typically at 90 °C.
Compounds of the formula (I) in which Y is C=N(CN) may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XIX) in which L10 and L11 are as defined above, with a compound of the formula (XXXVIIl), to form an intermediate of the formula
(XXXXI)
Figure imgf000032_0001
in which L22 represents either of L10 or L11. The intermediate of the formula (XXXXl) is reacted with a compound of the formula (XI) to give a compound of the formula (I). In a typical procedure, where L10 and L11 are each methylthio, a solution of a compound of the formula (XXXVIIl) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol, is treated with dimethylcyanothioimidocarbamate, preferably at room temperature. When a substantially complete reaction is indicated by thin layer chromatography (TLC), a compound of the formula (XI) is added and the reaction mixture is preferably heated, most preferably under reflux, to give the compound of the formula (I).
Alternatively, compounds of the formula (I) in which Y is C=N(CN) may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XXI), in which L13 is as defined above, with a compound of the formula (XXXVIIl). In a typical procedure, a solution of the compound of the formula (XXI) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol, is treated with the compound of the formula (XXXVIIl) and preferably heated, most preferably under reflux.
Compounds of the formula (XXXVIIl) may be prepared according to the route shown in Scheme 4, wherein P1, P2 and P3 are as defined above.
Scheme 4
Figure imgf000034_0001
deprotection^ ^deprotection (XXII) (XXX)
Compounds of the formula (XXXVIIl) in which R5 is -CH2OH and X is -CH2- may be prepared by reducing a compound of the formula (XXXXII) in the presence of a compound of the formula (XXIA) to give a compound of the formula
(XXXXV)
Figure imgf000034_0002
in which P1, P2 and P3 are as defined above, and deprotecting the compound of the formula (XXXXV). Alternatively, if the protecting groups employed are readily removed by the conditions chosen for the reduction, then the reducing and deprotecting steps will usually be performed together to give a compound of the formula (XXXVIIl) directly from a compound of the formula (XXXXII). The reduction is carried out using a suitable reducing agent, such as a palladium catalyst and hydrogen gas, in the presence of a compound of formula (XXIA). Suitable conditions for the deprotection are well known in the art [see, for instance, 'Protecting groups in Organic Synthesis (Second Edition)', Theodora W. Green and Peter G. M. Wuts, John Wiley and Sons, 1991]. In a typical procedure, where R2 is H, P\ P2 and P3 are each acetyl and the reducing and deprotecting steps are carried out together, a compound of the formula (XXXXII) is dissolved in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol, which has been saturated with ammonia gas, a palladium catalyst, such as 10% w/w palladium on carbon, is added and the reaction is stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas, typically at a pressure of 414kPa (60psi).
Compounds of the formula (XXXVIIl) in which R5 is -CONR14R14 and X is -CH2- may be prepared by reducing a compound of the formula (XXXXIII) in the presence of a compound of the formula (XXIA) to give a compound of the formula
(XXXXVI)
Figure imgf000035_0001
wherein P1 and P2 are as defined above and deprotecting the compound of the formula (XXXXVI). Alternatively, if the protecting groups employed are readily removed by the conditions chosen for the reduction, then the reducing and deprotecting steps will usually be performed together to give a compound of the formula (XXXVIIl) directly from a compound of the formula (XXXXIII). The reduction is carried out using a suitable reducing agent, such as a palladium catalyst and hydrogen gas, in the presence of a compound of formula (XXIA). Suitable conditions for the deprotection are well known in the art [see, for instance, 'Protecting groups in Organic Synthesis (Second Edition)', Theodora W. Green and Peter G. M. Wuts, John Wiley and Sons, 1991]. In a typical procedure, where R2 is H, P1 and P2 are each benzoyl and the reducing and deprotecting are carried out together, a compound of the formula (XXXXIII) is dissolved in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol, which has been saturated with ammonia gas, a palladium catalyst, such as 10% w/w palladium on carbon, is added and the reaction is stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas, typically at a pressure of 414kPa (60psi).
Compounds of the formula (XXXXII) may be prepared by the reaction of an acetate of the formula (VI) with trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate and a compound of the formula (XXXXIV) which has been derivatised with N,0- bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide. In a typical procedure, a compound of the formula (XXXXIV) is heated, in the presence of a suitable solvent, such as 1 ,1 ,1- trichloroethane, with N,0-bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide, preferably under reflux. The mixture is then allowed to cool and the solvent is removed. A solution of the residue in a suitable solvent, such as toluene, is treated with the acetate of the formula (VI) and trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate. The mixture so formed is preferably heated, most preferably under reflux, under a nitrogen atmosphere, to give the compound of the formula (XXXXII).
Compounds of the formula (XXXXIII) may be prepared by the reaction of an acetate of the formula (V) with a compound of the formula (XXXXIV) and iodine. In a typical example, a compound of the formula (XXXXIV), a compound of the formula (V) and iodine are heated together, preferably at 150°C, under reduced pressure, preferably at 7 kPa (1 psi).
Compounds of the formula (XXXXIV) are known in the art (see, for example, WO- A-00/23457).
Compounds of the formula (XXXVIIl) in which R5 is -CH2OH and X is -CH2CH2- may be prepared by the deprotection of a compound of the formula (XXll), in which protecting groups P\ P2 and P3 are as defined above. Suitable conditions for the deprotection are well known in the art [see, for instance, 'Protecting groups in Organic Synthesis (Second Edition)', Theodora W. Green and Peter G. M. Wuts, John Wiley and Sons, 1991]. In a typical procedure, a solution of a compound of the formula (XXll), wherein P1, P2 and P3 are each tert- butyldimethylsilyl, in a suitable solvent, such as methanol, is treated with an acid such as hydrochloric acid, typically at room temperature.
Compounds of the formula (XXXVIIl) in which R5 is -CONR14R14 and X is -CH2CH2- may be prepared by the deprotection of a compound of the formula (XXX) in wjiich protecting groups P1 and P2 are as defined above. Suitable conditions for the deprotection are well known in the art [see, for instance, 'Protecting groups in Organic Synthesis (Second Edition)', Theodora W. Green and Peter G. M. Wuts, John Wiley and Sons, 1991]. In a typical procedure, a solution of a compound of the formula (XXX), wherein P1 and P2 are each tert- butyld imethylsilyl , in a suitable solvent, such as methanol, is treated with an acid such as hydrochloric acid, typically at room temperature.
Scheme 5, wherein P\ P2, P3 and P4 are as defined above, illustrates the preparation of compounds of the formula (XXVI) and compounds of the formula (XXXIV) used in Schemes 2 and 3 respectively.
Scheme 5
Figure imgf000038_0001
Figure imgf000038_0002
(XXXXVii)
Acetate (V) Acetate (VI)
(XXVI) (XXXIV)
In Scheme 5, compounds of the formula (XXVI) may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (V) with trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate and a compound of the formula (XXXXVII) which has been derivatised with N,0- bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide. In a typical procedure, the compound of the formula (XXXXVII) is heated in the presence of a suitable solvent, such as 1 ,1 ,1- trichloroethane, with N,0-bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide at an elevated temperature, preferably under reflux. The mixture is then allowed to cool and the solvent is removed. A solution of the residue in a suitable solvent, such as toluene, is treated with the compound of the formula (V) and trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate and the mixture is heated, preferably under reflux, under a nitrogen atmosphere, to give the compound of the formula (XXVI).
Compounds of the formula (XXXIV) may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (VI) with trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate and a compound of the formula (XXXXVII) which has been derivatised with N,0- bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide. In a typical procedure, the compound of the formula (XXXXVII) is heated in the presence of a suitable solvent, such as 1 ,1 ,1- trichloroethane, with N,0-bis(trimethyIsilyl)acetamide at an elevated temperature, preferably under reflux. The mixture is then allowed to cool and the solvent is removed. A solution of the residue in a suitable solvent, such as toluene, is treated with the compound of the formula (VI) and trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate and the mixture is heated, preferably under reflux, under a nitrogen atmosphere, to give the compound of the formula (XXXIV). It may be desirable in certain cases, having regard to the conditions used in future steps, to change the protecting groups in compounds of the formula (XXVI) or (XXXIV) prepared in this way. Suitable conditions for both the deprotecting step are well known to the skilled person [see, for instance, 'Protecting groups in Organic Synthesis (Second Edition)', Theodora W. Green and Peter G. M. Wuts, John Wiley and Sons, 1991]. In a typical procedure, where P1, P2 and, where appropriate, P3 are each acetyl, a solution of the compound of the formula (XXVI) or the compound of the formula (XXXIV), as the case may be, in a suitable solvent, such as methanol, is treated with a nucleophile such as ammonia or a primary amine, or a base such as potassium carbonate, typically at room temperature. Suitable conditions for the subsequent protecting step are also well known to the skilled person [see, for instance, 'Protecting groups in Organic Synthesis (Second Edition)', Theodora W. Green and Peter G. M. Wuts, John Wiley and Sons, 1991]. In a typical example, where the new protecting groups are to be each tert-butyldimethylsilyl, a solution of the deprotected intermediate, in a suitable solvent such as N.N-dimethylformamide, is treated with tert- butyldimethylsilylchloride and a suitable proton acceptor such as imidazole.
Compounds of the formula (XXXXVII) may be prepared by the deprotection of a compound of the formula (XXXVIIl). Suitable conditions for the deprotection are well known in the art [see, for instance, 'Protecting groups in Organic Synthesis (Second Edition)', Theodora W. Green and Peter G. M. Wuts, John Wiley and Sons, 1991]. In a typical procedure, where P4 is tetrahydropyran-2-yl, the protecting group may be removed by treating a solution of the compound of the formula (XXXXVIII) in a suitable solvent, such as ethanol, with an acid such as hydrochloric acid.
Compounds of the formula (XXXXVIII) may be prepared by the methanolysis of a compound of the formula (IX). In a typical procedure, a solution of a compound of the formula (IX) in methanol is treated with an alkali metal methoxide, preferably sodium methoxide, and heated under reflux. The resulting mixture is cooled, evaporated, dissolved in a suitable solvent such as tetrahydrofuran and treated with an acid, such as hydrochloric acid, preferably 2N hydrochloric acid, to give the compound of the formula (XXXXVIII). Compounds of the formula (V), as used in Schemes 1 , 4 and 5, may be prepared as shown in Scheme 6, wherein P1 and P2 are as defined above.
Scheme 6
Figure imgf000040_0001
(XXXXX) (XXXXIX) (V)
In Scheme 6, compounds of the formula (V) may be prepared by the treatment of a compound of the formula (XXXXIX) with a mixture of acetic acid, acetic anhydride and a strong acid such as hydrochloric or sulphuric acid with cooling (typically to -10 °C). A compound of formula (XXXXIX) may be prepared from an acid of the formula (XXXXX) by activation of the acid as, for example, an acid chloride and treatment of this activated intermediate with a compound of the formula
R14R14NH (XXXXXI).
In a typical procedure, a compound of formula (XXXXX) is dissolved in a suitable inert solvent (e.g. dichloromethane) and treated with oxalyl chloride and a catalytic amount of N,N-dimethylformamide. After removal of excess solvent and reagent by evaporation under reduced pressure, the residue is dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane and treated with a compound of the formula (XXXXXI). With regard to the conditions employed in later steps, it may be appropriate to change the protecting groups P1 and P2 in compounds of the formula (XXXXIX). Alternative, suitable protecting groups are well-known to the skilled person [e.g. 'Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis (Second Edition)', Theodora W. Green and Peter G. M. Wuts, John Wiley and Sons, 1991]. In a typical case, a solution of the compound of formula (XXXXIX) wherein P1 and P2 taken together are dimethylmethylene in a suitable solvent such as methanol may treated with an acid such as pyridinium para-toluenesulphonate to give a compound of formula (XXXXIX) wherein P1 and P2 are both replaced by H which may be subsequently reprotected with other functionality. For instance, the compound of formula (XXXXIX) wherein P1 and P2 are both replaced by H may be dissolved in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane and the resulting solution may be treated with an acid acceptor, such as pyridine, and benzoyl chloride to give a compound of formula (XXXXIX) wherein P1 and P2 are each benzoyl. Compounds of the formula (XXXXX) are known in the art (see, for example, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1958, 80, 5168).
Compounds of the formula (XXXXXI) are either commercially available or easily prepared by methods well known to the person skilled in the art.
Compounds of the formula (VI), as used in Schemes 1 , 4 and 5, are either commercially available or easily prepared by methods well known to the person skilled in the art.
3. Compounds of the formula (l) in which R4 is -(C2-C6 alkylene)-NR11Ra, wherein Ra is -CONR9R9, -COOR10, -COR10, -S02R10 or -S02NR9R9, may be prepared by the derivatisation of an amine of the formula
(XXXXXI I)
Figure imgf000042_0001
HO
with a suitable acylating or sulphonylating agent. For example, compounds of the formula (I) in which R4 is -(C2-Cβ alkylene)-NR11COR10 may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XXXXXI I) with an acid chloride of the formula
R10COCI (XXXXXill).
In a typical procedure, a solution of the compound of the formula (XXXXXII) in a suitable solvent, such as a mixture of ethyl acetate and N-methylpyrrolidinone, is treated with a suitable base, preferably a trialkylamine base such as triethylamine, and the compound of the formula (XXXXXill). As a further example, compounds of the formula (I) in which R4 is -(C2-C6 alkylene)- NR11S02R10 may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of the formula (XXXXXII) with a compound of the formula
R10SO2CI (XXXXXIV).
In a typical procedure, a solution of the compound of the formula (XXXXXII) in a suitable solvent, such as a mixture of ethyl acetate and N-methylpyrrolidinone, is treated with a suitable base, preferably a trialkylamine base such as triethylamine, and the compound of the formula (XXXXXIV).
Compounds of the formula (XXXXXII) may be prepared by analogy with the methods presented above for the preparation of compounds of the formula (I). Compounds of the formula (XXXXXill) or (XXXXXIV) are either commercially available or are easily prepared by methods well known to the skilled man.
A pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of the formula (I) may be readily prepared by mixing together solutions of a compound of the formula (I) and the desired acid or base, as appropriate. The salt may precipitate from solution anq- be collected by filtration or may be recovered by evaporation of the solvent.
The anti-inflammatory properties of the compounds of the formula (I) are demonstrated by their ability to inhibit neutrophil function which indicates A2a receptor agonist activity. This was evaluated by determining the compound profile in an assay where superoxide production was measured from neutrophils activated by fMLP. Neutrophils were isolated from human peripheral blood using dextran sedimentation followed by centrifugation through Ficoll-Hypaque solution. Any contaminating erythrocytes in the granulocyte pellet were removed by lysis with ice-cold distilled water. Superoxide production from the neutrophils was induced by fMLP in the presence of a priming concentration of cytochalasin B. Adenosine deaminase was included in the assay to remove any endogenously produced adenosine that might suppress superoxide production. The effect of the compound on the fMLP-induced response was monitored colorometrically from the reduction of cytochrome C within the assay buffer. The potency of the compounds was assessed by the concentration giving 50% inhibition (IC50) compared to the control response to fMLP.
The compounds of the formula (I) can be administered alone but will generally be administered in admixture with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient, diluent or carrier selected with regard to the intended route of administration and standard pharmaceutical practice.
For example, the compounds of the formula (I) can be administered orally, buccally or sublingually in the form of tablets, capsules, multi-particulates, gels, films, ovules, elixirs, solutions or suspensions, which may contain flavouring or colouring agents, for immediate-, delayed-, modified-, sustained-, pulsed- or controlled-release applications. The compounds of the formula (I) may also be administered as fast-dispersing or fast-dissolving dosage forms or in the form of a high energy dispersion or as coated particles. Suitable formulations of the compounds of the formula (I) may be in coated or uncoated form, as desired.
Such solid pharmaceutical compositions, for example, tablets, may contain excipients such as microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, sodium citrate, calcium carbonate, dibasic calcium phosphate, glycine and starch (preferably corn, potato or tapioca starch), disintegrants such as sodium starch glycollate, croscarmellose sodium and certain complex silicates, and granulation binders such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (HPMC), hydroxypropylcellulose (HPC), sucrose, gelatin and acacia. Additionally, lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid, glyceryl behenate and talc may be included.
General Example
A formulation of the tablet could typically contain between about 0.01 mg and 500mg of active compound whilst tablet fill weights may range from 50mg to 1000mg. An example of a formulation for a 10mg tablet is illustrated below:
Inαredient %w/w
Compound of the formula (I) or salt 10.000*
Lactose 64.125
Starch 21.375 Croscarmellose sodium 3.000
Magnesium Stearate 1.500
* Quantity adjusted in accordance with drug activity.
The tablets are manufactured by a standard process, for example, direct compression or a wet or dry granulation process. The tablet cores may be coated with appropriate overcoats. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in gelatin or HPMC capsules. Preferred excipients in this regard include lactose, starch, a cellulose, milk sugar or high molecular weight polyethylene glycols. For aqueous suspensions and/or elixirs, the compounds of the formula (I) may be combined with various sweetening or flavouring agents, colouring matter or dyes, with emulsifying and/or suspending agents and with diluents such as water, ethanol, propylene glycol and glycerin, and combinations thereof.
The compounds of the formula (I) can also be administered parenterally, for example, intravenously, intra-arterially, intraperitoneally, intrathecally, intraventricularly, intraurethrally, intrastemally, intracranially, intramuscularly or subcutaneously, or they may be administered by infusion or needleless injection techniques. For such parenteral administration they are best used in the form of a sterile aqueous solution which may contain other substances, for example, a co-solvent and/or enough salts or glucose to make the solution isotonic with blood. The aqueous solutions should be suitably buffered (preferably to a pH of from 3 to 9), if necessary. The preparation of suitable parenteral formulations under sterile conditions is readily accomplished by standard pharmaceutical techniques well-known to those skilled in the art.
For oral and parenteral administration to human patients, the daily dosage level of the compounds of the formula (I) will usually be from 0.00001 to 100 mg/kg, preferably from 0.0001 to 100 mg/kg (in single or divided doses).
Thus tablets or capsules of the compound of the formula (I) may contain from 0.01 to 500 mg of active compound for administration singly or two or more at a time, as appropriate. The physician in any event will determine the actual dosage which will be most suitable for any individual patient and it will vary with the age, weight and response of the particular patient. The above dosages are exemplary of the average case. There can, of course, be individual instances where higher or lower dosage ranges are merited and such are within the scope of this invention. The compounds of formula (I) can also be administered intranasally or by inhalation and are conveniently delivered in the form of a dry powder inhaler or an aerosol spray presentation from a pressurised container, pump, spray, atomiser (preferably an atomiser using electrohydrodynamics to produce a fine mist) or nebuliser, with or without the use of a suitable propellant, e.g. dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, a hydrofluoroalkane such as 1 ,1 ,1 ,2-tetrafluoroethane (HFA 134A [trade mark]) or 1 ,1 ,1 , 2,3, 3,3-heptafluoropropane (HFA 227EA [trade mark]), carbon dioxide, a further perfluorinated hydrocarbon such as Perflubron (trade mark) or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurised aerosol, the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. The pressurised container, pump, spray, atomiser or nebuliser may contain a solution or suspension of the active compound, e.g. using a mixture of ethanol (optionally aqueous ethanol) or a suitable agent for dispersing, solubilising or extending release and the propellant as the solvent, which may additionally contain a lubricant, e.g. sorbitan trioleate. Capsules, blisters and cartridges (made, for example, from gelatin or HPMC) for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated to contain a powder mix of a compound of the formula (I) and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch and a performance modifier such as L-leucine, manitol or magnesium stearate.
A suitable solution formulation for use in an atomiser using electrohydrodynamics to produce a fine mist may contain from 1 μg to 10 mg of a compound of the formula (I), or a salt thereof, and the actuation volume may vary from 1 to 100 μl. A typical formulation may comprise a compound of the formula (I) or salt thereof, propylene glycol, sterile water, ethanol and sodium chloride.
Aerosol or dry powder formulations are preferably arranged so that each metered dose or "puff contains from 1 to 4000 μg of a compound of the formula (I) for delivery to the patient. The overall daily dose with an aerosol will be in the range of from 1 μg to 20 mg which may be administered in a single dose or, more usually, in divided doses throughout the day. Alternatively, the compounds of the formula (I) can be administered in the form of a suppository or pessary, or they may be applied topically in the form of a lotion, solution, cream, ointment or dusting powder. The compounds of the formula (I) may also be dermally or transdermally administered, for example, by the use of a skin patch. They may also be administered by the pulmonary, vaginal or rectal routes.
For application topically to the skin, the compounds of the formula (I) can be formulated as a suitable ointment containing the active compound suspended or dissolved in, for example, a mixture with one or more of the following: mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, propylene. glycol, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax and water. Alternatively, they can be formulated as a suitable lotion or cream, suspended or dissolved in, for example, a mixture of one or more of the following: mineral oil, sorbitan monostearate, a polyethylene glycol, liquid paraffin, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecanoI, benzyl alcohol and water.
The compounds of the formula (I) may also be used in combination with a cyclodextrin. Cyclodextrins are known to form inclusion and non-inclusion complexes with drug molecules. Formation of a drug-cyclodextrin complex may modify the solubility, dissolution rate, bioavailability and/or stability property of a drug molecule. Drug-cyclodextrin complexes are generally useful for most dosage forms and administration routes. As an alternative to direct complexation with the drug the cyclodextrin may be used as an auxiliary additive, e.g. as a carrier, diluent or solubiliser. Alpha-, beta- and gamma-cyclodextrins are most commonly used and suitable examples are described in WO-A-91/11172, WO-A- 94/02518 and WO-A-98/55148.
It is to be appreciated that all references herein to treatment include curative, palliative and prophylactic treatment.
Thus the invention provides: (i) a compound of the formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; (ii) a process for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; (iii) a pharmaceutical composition including a compound of the formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent or carrier; (iv) a compound of the formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or composition thereof, for use as a medicament; (v) the use of a compound of the formula (I) or of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or composition thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament having A2a receptor agonist activity; (vi) the use of a compound of the formula (I) or of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or composition thereof, for the manufacture of an anti-inflammatory agent;
(vii) the use of a compound of the formula (I) or of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or composition thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a respiratory disease;
(viii) use as in (vii) where the disease is selected from the group consisting of adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), bronchitis, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, cystic fibrosis, asthma, emphysema, bronchiectasis, chronic sinusitis and rhinitis;
(ix) the use of a compound of the formula (I) or of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or composition thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of septic shock, male erectile dysfunction, male factor infertility, female factor infertility, hypertension, stroke, epilepsy, cerebral ischaemia, peripheral vascular disease, post-ischaemic reperfusion injury, diabetes, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis, dermatitis, allergic dermatitis, eczema, ulcerative colitis, Crohns disease, inflammatory bowel disease, Heliobacter pylori gastritis, non-
Heliobacter pylori gastritis, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug-induced damage to the gastro-intestinal tract or a psychotic disorder, or for wound healing; (x) a method of treatment of a mammal, including a human being, with a A2a receptor agonist including treating said mammal with an effective amount of a compound of the formula (I) or with a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or composition thereof; (xi) a method of treatment of a mammal, including a human being, to treat an inflammatory disease including treating said mammal with an effective amount of a compound of the formula (I) or with a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or composition thereof; (xii) a method of treatment of a mammal, including a human being, to treat a respiratory disease including treating said mammal with an effective amount of a compound of the formula (I) or with a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or composition thereof; (xiii) a method as in (xii) where the disease is selected from the group consisting of adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), bronchitis, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, cystic fibrosis, asthma, emphysema, bronchiectasis, chronic sinusitis and rhinitis; (xiv) a method of treatment of a mammal, including a human being, to treat septic shock, male erectile dysfunction, male factor infertility, female factor infertility, hypertension, stroke, epilepsy, cerebral ischaemia, peripheral vascular disease, post-ischaemic reperfusion injury, diabetes, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis, dermatitis, allergic dermatitis, eczema, ulcerative colitis, Crohns disease, inflammatory bowel disease, Heliobacter pylori gastritis, non-Heliobacter pylori gastritis, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug-induced damage to the gastro-intestinal tract or a psychotic disorder, or for wound healing, including treating said mammal with an effective amount of a compound of the formula (I) or with a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or composition thereof; and (xv) certain novel intermediates disclosed herein. The following Examples illustrate the preparation of the compounds of the formula (I).
1H Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectra were in all cases consistent with the proposed structures. Characteristic chemical shifts (δ) are given in parts-per- million downfield from tetramethylsilane using conventional abbreviations for designation of major peaks: e.g. s, singlet; d, doublet; t, triplet; q, quartet; m, multiplet; br, broad. The mass spectra (m/z) were recorded in either thermospray or electrospray ionisation mode. The following abbreviations have been used for common solvents: CDCI3, deuterochloroform; D6DMSO, deuterodimethylsulphoxide; CD3OD, deuteromethanol; THF, tetrahydrofuran. The reagent '0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia' is a concentrated solution of ammonia in water possessing a specific gravity of 0.88. Where thin layer chromatography (TLC) has been used it refers to silica gel TLC using silica gel 60 F254 plates, Rf is the distance travelled by a compound divided by the distance travelled by the solvent front on a TLC plate.
EXAMPLE 1
/V-((9-[(2R.3 .4S.5R)-3.4-Dihvdroxy-5-(hvdroxymethvntetrahvdro-2-furanyll-6- [(2.2-diphenylethvnamino1-9H-purin-2-yllmethvn-/V-[2- (diisopropylamino)ethyl]urea
Figure imgf000050_0001
Λ/-[2-(Diisopropylamino)ethyl]-1 - -imidazole-1-carboxamide (84mg, 0.35mmol) (Preparation 27) was added to a stirred solution of (2R,3R,4S,5R)-2-{2- (aminomethyl)-6-[(2,2-diphenylethyI)amino]-9H-purin-9-yl}-5- (hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-3,4-furandiol (150mg, 0.35mmol) (Preparation 2) in dichloromethane (5ml) at room temperature. The reaction was heated under reflux for 1 hour and then toluene (5ml) and isopropanol (2ml) were added. The dichloromethane was boiled off and the reaction was then heated under reflux for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (95 : 5 : 0.5 by volume increasing to 80 : 20 : 2 by volume). This gave the title compound as a foam (60mg).
δH (400MHz; CD3OD): 8.05 (1 H, s), 7.35-7.20 (8H, m), 7.15-7.10 (2H, m), 5.90- 5.85 (1 H, m), 4.75-4.70 (1 H, m), 4.50-4.45 (1 H, m), 4.40-4.20 (5H, m), 4.15-4.10 (1 H, m), 3.90-3.80 (1 H, m), 3.70-3.65 (1 H, m), 3.10-3.00 (2H, m), 3.00-2.90 (2H, m), 2.50-2.40 (2H, m), 1.00-0.90 (12H, m).
EXAMPLE 2 Λ/- 9-[(2R.3R.4S,5R)-3.4-Dihvdroxy-5-mvdroxymethvntetrahvdro-2-furanyll-6- [(2.2-diphenylethyl)amino1-9H-purin-2-yl}methyl)-/\/'-[2-(1-piperidinyl)ethyl1urea
Figure imgf000051_0001
A solution of (2R,3R,4R,5R)-4-(acetyloxy)-2-[(acetyloxy)methyl]-5-(6-[(2,2- diphenylethyl)amino]-2-{[({[2-(1-piperidinyl)ethyl]amino}carbonyl)amino] methyl}-9 --purin-9-yl)tetrahydro-3-furanyl acetate (100mg, 0.13mmol) (Preparation 6) in methanol (50ml) was saturated with ammonia gas and then left to stand for 3 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a residue that was purified by elution through a plug of silica gel with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (90 : 10 : 1 by volume) to give the title compound as a foam (45mg).
m/z: MH+ 631. δH (400MHz; CD3OD): 8.15 (1 H, s), 7.40-7.15 (10H, m), 6.00-5.90 (1 H, m), 4.90- 4.70 (signal obscured by HOD in CD3OD), 4.60-4.10 (7H, m), 3.90-3.80 (1 H, m), 3.80-3.70 (1 H, m), 3.30-3.20 (2H, m), 2.55-2.35 (6H, m), 1.65-1.40 (6H, m).
EXAMPLE 3
(2S.3S.4R.5R)-5 2-f[ r2-(Diisopropylamino ethvnamino)carbonvnaminol methylV6-[(2.2-diphenylethvnaminol-9H-purin-9-yl)-Λy-ethyl-3.4- dihydroxytetrahvdro-2-furancarboxamide
Figure imgf000052_0001
Λ/-[2-(Diisopropylamino)ethyl]-1 /-/-imidazole-1 -carboxamide (84mg, 0.35mmol) (Preparation 27) was added to a stirred suspension of (2S,3S,4R,5R)-5-{2- (aminomethyl)-6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-9-yl}-Λ/-ethyl-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide (100mg, 0.23mmol) (Preparation 11) in dichloromethane (5ml) at room temperature. The reaction was then heated to reflux and a drop of isopropanol was added to help dissolve the reagents. The reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 20 minutes and then toluene (5ml) was added. The dichloromethane was boiled off and the reaction was then heated under reflux for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (95 : 5 : 0.5 by volume increasing to 80 : 20 : 2 by volume). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a yellow oil. The oil was dissolved in dichloromethane (2ml) and diethylether was added to induce crystallisation. Filtration gave the title compound as a white solid (70mg). δH (400MHz; CD3OD): 8.20 (1 H, s), 7.40-7.10 (10H, m), 6.10-6.00 (1 H, m), 4.90- 4.80 (1 H obscured by HOD in MeOH), 4.55-4.20 (7H, m), 3.40-3.10 (6H, m), 2.75-2.60 (2H, m), 1.20-1.00 (15H, m).
EXAMPLE 4
(2S.3S.4R.5R)-5-(6-[(2.2-Diphenylethvnaminol-2 r(fr2-(1-piperidinvnethyl1 amino)carbonyl)amino]methyl}-9/-/-purin-9-yl)-/V-ethyl-3.4-dihydroxytetrahvdro-2- furancarboxamide
Figure imgf000053_0001
Potassium carbonate (20mg, 0.14mmol) was added to a solution of (2S,3S,4R,5R)-4-(benzoyloxy)-5-(6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-2-{[({[2-(1- piperidinyl)ethyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]methyl}-9 -/-purin-9-yl)-2- [(ethylamino)carbonyl]tetrahydro-3-furanyl benzoate (100mg, 0.13mmol) (Preparation 14) in methanol (10ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. More potassium carbonate (20mg, 0.14mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was heated to 60°C for 2 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a residue that was slurried with acetone and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was partially purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (90 : 10 : 1 by volume). The residue after solvent evaporation under reduced pressure was repurified by more column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (90 : 10 : 1 by volume). The solvent was removed by evaporation under reduced pressure to give the title compound as a foam (17mg).
m/z: MH+ 673. δH (400MHz; CD3OD): 8.20 (1 H, s), 7.40-7.15 (10H, m), 6.05-6.00 (1 H, m), 4.90- 4.80 (1 H obscured by HOD in MeOH), 4.55-4.20 (7H, m), 3.40-3.20 (4H, m), 2.55-2.40 (6H, m), 1.70-1.50 (4H, m), 1.50-1.40 (2H, m), 1.15-1.05 (3H, m).
EXAMPLE 5
(2S.3S.4R.5R)-5-f2-fr((E)-(Cvanoimino)(r2-(1-piperidinyl)ethyl]aminol methvπamino1methyl)-6-f(2,2-diphenylethvπamino1-9/-/-purin-9-yl}-Λ/-ethyl-3.4- dihydroxytetrahvdro-2-furancarboxamide
Figure imgf000054_0001
Dimethyl cyanodithioimidocarbonate (77mg, 0.48mmol) was added to a solution of (2S,3S,4R,5R)-5-{2-(aminomethyl)-6-[(2>2-diphenylethyI)amino]-9H-purin-9-yl}-
Λ/-ethyl-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide (250mg, 0.48mmol)
(Preparation 11 ) in ethanol (10ml). The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature and then 2-aminoethylpiperidine (88μl, 0.68mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 2 hours, more 2- aminoethylpiperidine (0.17ml, 1.2mmol) was added and then the reaction mixture was heated under reflux for a further 4 hours. The reaction was cooled and evaporated to dryness and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol (98 : 2 by volume) increasing in polarity to dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (90 : 10 : 1 by volume) to give the title compound (64mg) a foam. m/z MH+696.
δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 8.30 (1 H, s), 8.20 (1 H, s), 7.85 (1 H, s), 7.35-7.05 (10H, m), 6.95 (1 H, bs), 5.95-5.85 (1 H, m), 5.60-5.55 (1 H, m), 5.45-5.40 (1 H, m), 4.60-4.45 (2H, m), 4.40-4.35 (1H, m), 4.25-4.20 (1 H, m), 4.15-4.00 (3H, m), 3.35-3.05 (4H, m signal partially obscured by HOD in DMSO), 2.40-2.15 (6H, m), 1.40-1.20 (6H, m).
EXAMPLE 6
(2S.3S,4R.5R)-5-(2-r(r(Benzylamino carbonyllamino)methvn-6-[(2.2- diphenylethvπamino1-9/- -purin-9-yl)-Λ/-ethyl-3.4-dihvdroxytetrahvdro-2- furancarboxamide
Figure imgf000055_0001
Benzylisocyanate (26mg, 0.30 mmol) was added to a solution of (2S,3S,4R,5R)- 5-{2-(aminomethyl)-6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-9-yl}-Λ/-ethyl-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide (Preparation 11) in dichloromethane (2ml). The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature and allowed to evaporate. Ethanol (2ml) was added and then aqueous hydrochloric acid (1 M, 1 ml) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 60°C for 6 hours, then allowed to cool to room temperature and left for a further 16h. More aqueous hydrochloric acid (1M, 0.5ml) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for a further 4h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol (95 : 5 by volume) increasing in polarity to dichloromethane : methanol (90 : 10 by volume). The material obtained was impure and hence was repurified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol (95 : 5 by volume) increasing in polarity to dichloromethane : methanol (90 : 10 by volume) to give the title compound as a solid (85mg).
δH (300MHz; D6DMSO): 8.35-8.25 (2H, m), 7.80-7.75 (1 H, m), 7.40-7.10 (15H, m), 6.80-6.70 (1 H, m), 6.40-6.30 (1 H, m), 6.00-5.90 (1 H, m), 5.65-5.60 (1 H, m), 5.50-5.40 (1 H, m), 4.65-4.55 (2H, m), 4.35-4.05 (8H, m), 3.25-3.05 (2H, m), 1.05- 0.95 (3H, m).
EXAMPLE 7
(2S.3S.4R.5RV5-(2-((r(Cvclohexylamino)carbonyl]amino>methvn-6-r(2,2- diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-9-yl}-/\/-ethyl-3.4-dihvdroxytetrahvdro-2- furancarboxamide
Figure imgf000056_0001
The compound was prepared from cyclohexylisocyanate and (2S,3S,4R,5R)-5- {2-(aminomethyl)-6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-9-yl}-/V-ethyl-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide (Preparation 11) according to the procedure used in Example 6.
m/z MH+ 644.
δH (300MHz; d6DMSO): 8.40-8.20 (2H, m), 7.80-7.70 (1H, m), 7.40-7.05 (10H, m), 6.25-5.85 (3H, m), 5.65-5.55 (1H, m), 5.55-5.40 (1H, m), 4.70-4.45 (2H, m), 4.35- 4.00 (5H, m), 3.50-3.00 (3H, m), 1.85-1.40 (5H, m), 1.30-1.00 (8H, m).
EXAMPLE 8 f2S.3S.4R.5R)-5-(2- f 2-[Benzoyl(isopropynamino1ethyl)amino carbonyl] amino}methylV6-[(2.2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-9-yl}-/\/-ethyl-3.4- dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide
Figure imgf000057_0001
Benzoyl chloride (19mg, 0.14mmol) was added to a stirred solution of (2S,3S,4R,5R)-5-(6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-2-{[({[2- (isopropylamino)ethyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]methyl}-9H-purin-9-yl)-Λ/-ethyl-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide (80mg, 0.12mmol) (Preparation 12) and triethylamine (0.034ml, 0.25mmol) in ethyl acetate (5ml) and N'- methylpyrrolidinone (0.2ml) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 96 hours, washed with water (2ml) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (90 : 10 : 1 by volume) increasing in polarity to dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (80 : 20 :3 by volume) to give the title compound as a foam (35mg).
m/z MH+ 787.
δH (400MHz; CD3OD): 8.20 (1 H, s), 7.50-7.15 (15H, m), 6.05-6.00 (1 H, m), 4.90- 4.80 (1 H, m), 4.55-4.20 (7H, m), 3.95-3.85 (1 H, m), 3.50-3.20 (6H, m), 1.20-1.00 (9H, m).
EXAMPLE 9
(2S.3S.4R.5RV5-f6-[(2.2-Diphenylethvnamino1-2-^r 2-
[isopropyl(phenylsulfonyl)amino]ethyl}amino)carbonyl]amino methyl)-9/-/-purin-9- yl]-Λ/-ethyl-3.4-dihvdroxytetrahvdro-2-furancarboxamide
Figure imgf000058_0001
The title compound was prepared from (2S,3S,4R,5R)-5-(6-[(2,2- diphenylethyl)amino]-2-{[({[2-(isopropylamino)ethyl]amino}carbonyl)amino] methyl}-9H-purin-9-yl)-Λ/-ethyl-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide (80mg, 0.12mmol) (Preparation 12) and benzenesulphonyl chloride (0.0017ml, 0.14mmol) by a similar method to that of Example 8. m/z MH+ 787.
δH (400MHz; CD3OD): 8.15 (1 H, s), 7.80-7.75 (2H, m), 7.60-7.50 (1H, m), 7.50- 7.40 (2H, m), 7.30-7.15 (8H, m), 7.15-7.05 (2H, m), 6.05-5.95 (1 H, m), 4.50-4.30 (5H, m), 4.30-4.20 (2H, m), 4.05-3.95 (1H, m), 3.40-3.20 (4H, m), 3.20-3.10 (2H, m), 1.10-1.00 (3H, m), 1.00-0.90 (6H, m).
EXAMPLE 10
Λ/'-((9-[(2R.3R.4S.5R)-3.4-Dihvdroxy-5- vdroxymethvntetrahvdro-2-furanyll-6- [(2.2-diphenylethvnamino1-9H-purin-2-yllmethyl)-Λ/-methyl-Λ/-[2-(2- pyridinyπethyljurea
Figure imgf000059_0001
Λ/,0-Bistrimethylsilylacetamide (0.5ml, 2.02mmol) was added to a suspension of /V-({6-[(2)2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-2-yl}methyl)-/V-methyl-A/-[2-(2- pyridinyl)ethyl]urea (0.16g, 0.31 mol) (Preparation 26) in 1 ,1 ,1-trichloroethane (15ml). The suspension was heated to reflux. When all suspended solid had dissolved the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was twice dissolved in toluene (50ml) and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was then dissolved in toluene (15ml) and (2R,3R,4R,5S)-4,5- bis(acetyloxy)-2-[(acetyloxy)methyl]tetrahydro-3-furanyl acetate (0.112g, 0.36mol) was added. The solution was stirred at room temperature and trimethylsilyltrifluoromethanesulphonate (0.17ml, 0.94mmol) was added. The resulting solution was heated under reflux for 2 hours and then allowed to cool to room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted by the addition of ethyl acetate (75ml) and then washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (two portions of 30ml) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (30ml). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a solid that was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (97 : 3 : 0.5 by volume). This material was dissolved in methanol (50ml) and a stream of ammonia gas was passed through the solution until it was saturated. The solution was allowed to stand at room temperature for 4 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a residue that was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (90 : 10 : 1 by volume) to give the title compound (0.05g) as a white solid.
m/z MH+639.
δH (300MHz; CD3OD): 8.45-8.40 (1 H, m), 8.10 (1 H, s), 7.75-7.65 (1 H, m), 7.35- 7.10 (11 H, m), 5.95-5.90 (1 H, m), 4.80-4.75 (1 H, m), 4.50-4.40 (3H, m), 4.40- 4.20 (3H, m), 4.20-4.15 (1 H, m), 3.90-3.85 (1 H, m), 3.75-3.70 (1 H, m), 3.60-3.45 (2H, m), 3.00-2.90 (2H, m), 2.80 (3H, s).
EXAMPLES 11-28
The following Examples were prepared by a similar method to that of Example 3 using the stated starting materials.
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000062_0001
Figure imgf000063_0001
Figure imgf000064_0001
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000066_0001
Figure imgf000067_0001
Figure imgf000067_0003
Figure imgf000067_0002
Figure imgf000068_0001
Figure imgf000068_0002
Figure imgf000069_0001
Figure imgf000069_0002
EXAMPLE 29
Λ/- 9-r(,2R.3R.4S.5R -3.4-Dihvdroxy-5-rhvdroxymethyl)tetrahvdro-2-furanyll-6-
[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethvnamino1-9H-purin-2-yl}methvn-Λ/,-[2-
(diisopropylamino)ethvfjurea
Figure imgf000070_0001
OH
The title compound was prepared from (2R,3R,4S,5R)-2-{2-(aminomethyl)-6- [(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethyl)amino]-9H-purin-9-yl}-5-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-3,4- furandiol (Preparation 13) and Λ/-[2-(diisopropylamino)ethyl]-1 /-/-imidazole-1 - carboxamide (Preparation 27) in a similar procedure to Example 3.
m/z MH+ 645.
δH (400MHz; CD3OD): 8.20 (1 H, m), 7.85-7.75 (2H, m), 7.70-7.60 (2H, m), 7.40- 7.20 (4H, m), 6.00-5.90 (1H, m), 4.40-4.35 (1 H, m), 4.35-4.30 (1 H, m), 4.20-4.00 (3H, m), 3.90-3.70 (4H, m). EXAMPLE 30
Λ/-(f9-[(2R.3R.4S.5R)-3.4-Dihvdroxy-5-mvdroxymethvntetrahvdro-2-furanyll-6-
[(2.2-diphenylethvnaminol-9H-purin-2-yl)methvn-V-r2-(2.2.6.6-tetramethyl-1- piperidinyOethyl]urea
Figure imgf000071_0001
2-(2,2,6,6-Tetramethyl-1-piperidinyl)ethanamine (0.11g, O.δmmol) (Preparation 43) was added to a stirred solution of N'N'-carbonyldiimidazole in tetrahydrofuran (5ml) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (30ml). The resulting solution was washed with water (20ml) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate. The solvent was evaporated to give impure Λ/- [2-(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-piperidinyl)ethyl]-1H-imidazole-1 -carboxamide as a gum. This crude material (83mg, 0.3mmol) was added to a stirred solution of (2R,3R,4S)5R)-2-{2-(aminomethyl)-6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-9-yl}-5- (hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-3,4-furandiol (100mg, 0.21 mmol) (Preparation 2) in toluene (5ml) and isopropanol (1 ml) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 3 hours and then allowed to cool to room temperature. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give a residue that was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (95 : 5 : 0.5 by volume) increasing in polarity to dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (90 : 10 : 1 by volume). The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give a residue that was found to still be impure. The residue was repurified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (95 : 5 : 0.5 by volume) increasing in polarity to dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (90 : 10 : 1 by volume). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (22mg) as a gum.
m/z MH+ 686.
δH (400MHz; CD3OD): 8.10 (1 H, s), 7.35-7.20 (8H, m), 7.20-7.10 (2H, m), 5.95- 5.90 (1 H, m), 4.75-4.70 (1 H, m), 4.55-4.45 (1 H, m), 4.45-4.20 (5H, m), 4.20-4.10 (1 H, m), 3.90-3.85 (1 H, m), 3.75-3.70 (1 H, m), 3.15-3.05 (2H, m), 2.60-2.55 (2H, m), 1.60-1.50 (2H, m), 1.45-1.40 (4H, m), 1.05 (12H, s).
EXAMPLE 31 (2S.3S.4R.5R)-5-(6-r(2.2-Diphenylethvnamino1-2-(rr([2-(4-isopropyl-1- piperidinvπethyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]methyl)-9/-/-purin-9-ylV/V-ethyl-3,4- dihvdroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide
Figure imgf000072_0001
2-(4-lsopropyl-1-piperidinyl)ethylamine (0.3g, 1.76mmol) (Preparation 57) was added to a stirred solution of N'N'-carbonyldiimidazole (0.295g, 1.82mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (15ml). The reaction mixture was stirred for two hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (40ml) and water (20ml). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and the solvent was removed to give impure Λ/-[2-(4- isopropyl-1-piperidinyl)ethyl]-1H-imidazole-1 -carboxamide (Preparation 28). This crude material was added to a solution of (2S,3S,4R,5R)-5-{2-(aminomethyl)-6- [(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9/-/-purin-9-yl}-/V-ethyl-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydro-2- furancarboxamide (130mg, 0.25mmol) (Preparation 11) in toluene (3ml) and isopropyl alcohol (1 ml) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 3 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by column chromatography eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (95 : 5 : 0.5 by volume) increasing in polarity to dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (80 : 20 : 3 by volume). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a residue that was impure. The material was triturated with diethylether (5ml) three times. The insoluble solid was repurified by column chromatography eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (95 : 5 : 0.5 by volume) increasing in polarity to dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (90 : 10 : 1 by volume). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (37mg) as a foam.
m/z MH+714.
δH (400MHz; CD3OD): 8.20 (1 H, s), 7.40-7.20 (8H, m), 7.20-7.10 (2H, m), 6.05- 6.00 (1 H, m), 4.55-4.20 (7H, m), 3.40-3.20 (4H, m), 3.05-2.85 (2H, m), 2.50-2.35 (2H, m), 2.00-1.85 (2H, m), 1.70-1.60 (2H, m), 1.45-1.20 (3H, m), 1.10-0.95 (4H, m), 0.95-0.80 (6H, m). EXAMPLE 32
(2S.3S.4R.5RV5-(6-f(2.2-Diphenylethvnamino1-2-(r r2-(2.2.6.6-tetramethyl-1- piperidinvπethvnamino>carbonyπamino1methyl)-9/-/-purin-9-yl)-/V-ethyl-3.4- dihvdroxytetrahvdro-2-furancarboxamide
Figure imgf000074_0001
The title compound was prepared by a similar procedure to that used in Example 30 using (2S,3S,4R,5R)-5-{2-(aminomethyl)-6-[(2,2-diphenylethyI)amino]-9H- purin-9-yl}-A/-ethyl-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide (Preparation 11 ) and 2-(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-piperidinyl)ethanamine (Preparation 43).
m/z MH+728.
δH (400MHz; CD3OD): 8.20 (1 H, s), 7.15-7.10 (4H, m), 7.10-7.05 (4H, m), 7.20- 7.15 (2H, m), 6.05-6.00 (1 H, m), 4.55-4.40 (5H, m), 4.35-4.20 (2H, m), 3.40-3.20 (2H, m), 3.15-3.05 (2H, m), 2.65-2.55 (2H, m), 1.60-1.50 (2H, m), 1.45-1.40 (4H, m), 1.15-1.05 (3H, m), 1.05-1.00 (12H, m). EXAMPLE 33
A/-[(3R)-1-Benzylpyrrolidinvn-Λ/'-(f9-r(2R.3R.4S.5R)-3.4-dihvdroxy-5- vdroxymethvπtetrahydro-2-furanyll-6- (2.2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-2- yl}methyl urea
Figure imgf000075_0001
(3R)-1-Benzyl-3-pyrrolidinamine (0.64ml, 3.4mmol) was added to a stirred solution of N'N'-carbonyldiimidazole (0.6g, 3.7 mmol) in dichloromethane (150ml) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Dichloromethane (100ml) was added and the solution then washed three times with water (50ml). The organic phase was washed twice with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution and then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give Λ/-[(3R)-1- benzylpyrrolidinyl]-1/V-imidazole-1 -carboxamide (1.23g) as an impure oil. This material (115mg, 0.43mmol) was added to a stirred solution of (2R,3R,4S,5R)-2- {2-(aminomethyl)-6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-9-yl}-5- (hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-3,4-furandioI (Preparation 2) (100mg, 0.21 mmol) in toluene (10ml) and isopropanol (2.5ml) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 40 minutes and then allowed to cool to room temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by column chromatography eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (95 : 5 : 0.5 by volume) increasing in polarity to dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (90 : 10 : 1 by volume). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (138mg).
δH (400MHz; CD3OD): 8.10 (1 H, s), 7.30-7.20 (13H, m), 7.20-7.10 (2H, m), 5.90- 5.85 (1H, m), 4.80-4.75 (1H, m), 4.50-4.45 (1H, m), 4.45-4.10 (7H, m), 3.90-3.85 (1 H, m), 3.75-3.70 (1 H, m), 3.60-3.50 (2H, m), 2.75-2.65 (2H, m), 2.50-2.40 (2H, m), 2.20-2.10 (1 H, m), 1.60-1.50 (1 H, m).
EXAMPLE 34 (2S.3S.4R.5R)-5 2-{[ [(3R -1-Benzylpyrrolidinyl]amino>carbonvnamino1methylV 6-[(2.2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9/- -purin-9-yl}-Λ/-ethyl-3.4-dihydroxytetrahvdro-2- furancarboxamide
Figure imgf000076_0001
The title compound was prepared by a similar method to that of Example 33 using (2S,3S,4R,5R)-5-{2-(aminomethyl)-6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-9- yI}-Λ/-ethyl-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide (Preparation 11 ) and (3R)-1-benzyl-3-pyrrolidinamine.
δH (400MHz; CD3OD): 8.15 (1 H, s), 7.35-7.20 (13H, m), 7.20-7.10 (2H, m), 6.05- 6.00 (1H, m), 4.85-4.80 (1 H, m), 4.55-4.10 (7H, m), 3.60-3.50 (2H, m), 3.40-3.20 (2H, m), 2.80-2.60 (2H, m), 2.50-2.35 (2H, m), 2.20-2.10 (1 H, m), 1.65-1.45 (1 H, m), 1.15-1.00 (3H, m). EXAMPLE 35
(2S.3S.4R.5R)-5-(6-{[2.2-Bis(4-chlorophenyl ethvπamino -2-([({[2- (diisopropylamino)ethyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]methyl}-9H-purin-9-vπ-Λ/-ethyl-3.4- dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide
Figure imgf000077_0001
(2R,3R,4S,5S)-4-(Benzoyloxy)-2-(6-{[2,2-bis(4-chlorophenyl)ethyI]amino}-2- cyano-9H-purin-9-yl)-5-[(ethylamino)carbonyl]tetrahydro-3-furanyl benzoate
(220mg, 0.28mmol) (Preparation 68) was added to a saturated solution of ammonia in ethanol (15ml). 10% Palladium on carbon (40mg) was added and the suspension was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas (413.7 kPa, 60psi) at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction temperature was then stirred at 60°C under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas (413.7 kPa, 60psi) for a further 48 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through Arbocel (Trade Mark) and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude residue was dissolved in toluene (8ml) and isopropyl alcohol (2ml) and Λ/-[2-(diisopropylamino)ethyl]-1H- imidazole-1 -carboxamide (50mg, 0.21 mmol) (Preparation 27) were added. The solution was heated under reflux for 3 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (90 : 10 : 2 by volume). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure give a product that was contaminated with imidazole. The product was dissolved in dichloromethane (60ml) and the resulting solution was washed three times with water (10ml) and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (53mg) as a foam. m/z MH+ 756.
δH(400MHz; CD3OD): 8.20 (1 H, s), 7.40-7.20 (8H, m), 6.05-6.00 (1 H, m), 4.55- 4.20 (7H, m), 3.40-3.25 (2H, m), 3.20-3.05 (4H, m), 1.15-1.00 (15H, m).
EXAMPLE 36
Λ/- 6-ff2.2-Bis(4-chlorophenvnethyllaminoV9-r(2R.3R.4S.5R -3.4-dihvdroxy-5- (hvdroxymethyl)tetrahvdro-2-furanyl]-9H-purin-2-yl)methyl)-Λ/'-f2- (diisopropylamino)ethyl]urea
Figure imgf000078_0001
(2R,3R,4S,5R)-2-(2-(AminomethyI)-6-{[2,2-bis(4-chlorophenyl)ethyl]amino}-9H- purin-9-yl)-5-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-3,4-furandiol (0.1g, 0.18mmol)
(Preparation 63) was dissolved in a mixture of isopropanol (0.5ml) and Genklene (Trade Mark) (5ml). Λ/-[2-(Diisopropylamino)ethyl]-1H-imidazole-1 -carboxamide (48mg, 0.20mmol) (Preparation 27) was added and the reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 2 hours. More Λ/-[2-(diisopropylamino)ethyl]-1H- imidazole-1 -carboxamide (35mg, 0.15mmol) (Preparation 27) was then added and the reaction mixture was heated under reflux for a further 2 hours. The reaction mixture was then allowed to cool and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (95 : 5 : 0.5 by volume) increasing in polarity to dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (90 : 10 : 2 by volume) to give the title compound (0.09g) as a gum.
m/z MH+ 715.
δH (400MHz; CD3OD): 8.10 (1 H, s), 7.35-7.20 (8H, m), 7.20-7.15 (1 H, m), 5.90- 5.85 (1 H, m), 4.75-4.70 (1 H, m), 4.55-4.45 (1 H, m), 4.40-4.35 (2H, m), 4.35-4.15 (3H, m), 4.15-4.10 (1 H, m), 3.90-3.80 (1H, m), 3.70-3.65 (1H, m), 3.25-3.10 (2H, m), 1.20-1.00 (12H, m).
EXAMPLE 37
Λ/- 6-(r2.2-Bis(4-methylphenvnethvnaminol-9-r(2R.3R.4S.5RV3.4-dihvdroxy-5- (hvdroxymethvntetrahvdro-2-furanyll-9/-/-purin-2-yl)methvn-/V-[2- (diisopropylamino)ethyl]urea
Figure imgf000079_0001
The title compound was prepared from (2R,3R,4S,5R)-2-(2-(aminomethyl)-6- {[2,2-bis(4-methylphenyI)ethyl]amino}-9/-/-purin-9-yl)-5-
(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-3,4-furandiol (Preparation 60) and Λ/-[2-
(diisopropylamino)ethyl]-1H-imidazole-1 -carboxamide (Preparation 27) using a similar procedure to that used in Example 36.
m/z MH+ 673.
δH (400MHz; CD3OD): 8.05 (1 H, s), 7.20-7.15 (4H, m), 7.05-7.00 (4H, m), 5.90- 5.85 (1 H, m), 4.75-4.70 (1 H, m), 4.40-4.30 (3H, m), 4.30-4.25 (1 H, m), 4.15-4.10 (1 H, m), 3.90-3.80 (1 H, m), 3.75-3.70 (1 H, m), 3.10-3.05 (2H, m), 3.05-2.90 (2H, m), 2.50-2.45 (2H, m), 2.05 (6H, m), 1.00-0.95 (12H, m).
EXAMPLE 38 Λ/-((6-([2.2-Bis(3-chlorophenvnethyl]aminoV9-[(2R.3R.4S.5R)-3.4-dihvdroxy-5- (hyd roxy methyl )tetra h yd ro-2-f u ra nyl]-9H-pu ri n-2-yl)meth yl )-/V-[2- (diisopropylamino)ethyllurea
Figure imgf000080_0001
The title compound was prepared from (2R,3R,4S,5R)-2-(2-(aminomethyl)-6- {[2,2-bis(3-chlorophenyl)ethyl]amino}-9H-purin-9-yl)-5-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro- 3,4-furandiol (Preparation 62) and Λ/-[2-(diisopropylamino)ethyl]-1H-imidazole-1- carboxamide (Preparation 27) in a similar procedure to that used in Example 36. m/z MH+ 715.
δH (400MHz; CD3OD): 8.10-8.05 (1 H, m), 7.35-7.10 (8H, m), 5.90-5.85 (1 H, m), 4.75-4.70 (1 H, m), 4.60-4.45 (1 H, m), 4.40-4.15 (5H, m), 4.10-4.05 (1H, m), 3.85- 3.80 (1 H, m), 3.70-3.65 (1 H, m), 3.15-3.00 (4H, m), 2.65-2.50 (2H, m), 1.05-0.90 (12H, m).
EXAMPLE 39 Λ/-((6-{ 2.2-Bisr3-methylphenvnethvnaminol-9-f(2R.3R.4S.5R)-3.4-dihvdroxy-5- (hvdroxymethvntetrahvdro-2-furanyl]-9H-purin-2-yl>methyl)-/V- 2- (diisopropylamino)ethyl]urea
Figure imgf000081_0001
The title compound was prepared from (2R,3R,4S,5R)-2-(2-(aminomethyl)-6- {[2,2-bis(3-methylphenyl)ethyl]amino}-9/-/-purin-9-yl)-5-
(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-3,4-furandiol (Preparation 65) and N-[2- (diisopropylamino)ethyl]-1H-imidazole-1 -carboxamide (Preparation 27) using a similar procedure to that used in Example 36.
m/z MH+ 673. δH (400MHz; CD3OD): 8.10 (1 H, s), 7.20-7.05 (6H, m), 5.90-5.85 (1 H, m), 4.75- 4.70 (1H, m), 4.40-4.25 (5H, m), 4.25-4.15 (2H, m), 4.15-4.10 (1 H, m), 3.90-3.80 (1 H, m), 3.70-3.65 (1 H, m), 3.15-3.00 (4H, m), 2.60-2.45 (2H, m), 2.05 (6H, s), 1.10-0.95 (12H, m).
EXAMPLE 40
(2S.3S.4R.5RV5-(2-{r({[2-(Diisopropylamino)ethvnamino carbonyl)amino]methylV
6-[(1-naphthylmethvπamino -9ιL -purin-9-yl}-/V-ethyl-3.4-dihvdroxytetrahydro-2- furancarboxamide
Figure imgf000082_0001
The title compound was prepared from (2S,3S,4R,5R)-5-{2-(aminomethyl)-6-[(1- naphthylmethyl)amino]-9H-purin-9-yl}-V-ethyl-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydro-2- furancarboxamide (Preparation 69) and Λ/-[2-(diisopropylamino)ethyl]-1/-/- imidazole-1 -carboxamide (Preparation 27) by similar procedure to that used in Example 3.
m/z MH+ 648.
δH(400MHz; CD3OD): 8.20 (1H, s), 8.15-8.10 (1H, m), 7.90-7.85 (1H, m), 7.80- 7.75 (1H, m), 7.55-7.50 (1H, m), 7.50-7.45 (1H, m), 7.45-7.40 (1 H, m), 6.05-6.00 (1 H, m), 5.35-5.25 (2H, m), 4.45-4.35 (4H, m), 3.35-3.20 (2H, m), 3.10-3.00 (2H, m), 3.00-2.90 (2H, m), 2.50-2.40 (2H, m), 1.10-1.05 (3H, m). The following Preparations describe the preparation of certain intermediates used in the preceding Examples.
PREPARATION 1 (2R.3R.4R.5R -4-(Acetyloxy)-2-[(acetyloxy methyl]-5-(2-cvano-6-r(2.2- diphenylethyl)amino]-9 --purin-9-ylltetrahydro-3-furanyl acetate
Figure imgf000083_0001
Λ/,0-Bistrimethylsilylacetamide (44ml, 0.18mol) was added to a suspension of 6- [(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purine-2-carbonitrile (10. Og, 0.03mol) (Preparation 24) in 1 ,1 ,1-trichloroethane (250ml). The suspension was heated under reflux. When all suspended solid had dissolved the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was twice dissolved in toluene (50ml) and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was then dissolved in toluene (100ml) and (2R,3R,4R,5S)-4,5-bis(acetyloxy)-2-[(acetyloxy)methyl]tetrahydro-3-furanyl acetate (10.3g, 0.032mol) was added. The solution was stirred at room temperature and trimethylsilyltrifluoromethanesulphonate (16ml, 0.088mol) was carefully added. The resulting solution was heated under reflux for 2 hours and then allowed to cool to room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted by the addition of ethyl acetate (100ml) and then washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (ten portions of 100ml) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (100ml). The aqueous extracts were combined and washed with ethyl acetate (three portions of 100ml). The combined organic layers were dried (anhydrous magnesium sulphate) and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a solid that was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (97 : 3 : 0.5 by volume increasing to 80 : 20 : 3 by volume). This gave the title compound as a foam (8.5g).
δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 7.95 (1 H, s), 7.35-7.20 (10H, m), 6.15-6.10 (1H, m), 5.95- 5.90 (1 H, m), 5.80-5.75 (1 H, m), 5.60-5.55 (1 H, m), 4.45-4.35 (4H, m), 4.35-4.25 (2H, m), 2.15 (3H, s), 2.10 (3H, s), 2.05 (3H, s).
PREPARATION 2 ^R.SR^S.δR^-^-CAminomethvn-e-^^-diphenylethvnaminol-ΘH-purin-g-vD-δ- (hvdroxymethyl)tetrahvdro-3.4-furandiol
Figure imgf000084_0001
10% Palladium on carbon (200mg) was added to a solution of (2R,3R,4R,5R)-4- (acetyloxy)-2-[(acetyloxy)methyl]-5-{2-cyano-6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9/-/- purin-9-yl}tetrahydro-3-furanyl acetate (Preparation 1 ) (1.9g, 3.2mmol) in a saturated solution of ammonia in ethanol (100ml). The reaction mixture was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen (414kPa, 60psi) for 16 hours at room temperature. The solids were removed by filtration through Arbocel (Trade Mark) and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (90 : 10 : 1 by volume increasing to 80 : 20 : 2 by volume). This gave the title compound as a solid (770mg).
m/z: MH+ 477. δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 8.10 (1 H, s), 7.35-7.20 (8H, m), 5.90-5.85 (1 H, m), 4.75-4.70 (1 H, m), 4.50-4.40 (1 H, m), 4.30-4.20 (2H, m), 4.10 (1 H, m), 3.90-3.80 (2H, m), 3.70-3.65 (1 H, m).
PREPARATION 3
2-(Aminomethvn-Λ/-(2.2-diphenylethvπ-9-tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yl-9H-purin-6- amine
Figure imgf000085_0001
6-[(2,2-Diphenylethyl)amino]-9-(tetrahydro-2ry-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purine-2- carbonitrile (19.7g, 0.046mol) (Preparation 23) was dissolved in a saturated solution of ammonia in ethanol (500ml). 10% Palladium on carbon (2g) was added and the suspension was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen (414kPa, 60psi) for 36 hours. The suspension was filtered through Arbocel (Trade Mark) and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. This gave the title compound as a foam (17.7g).
δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 7.84 (1 H, s), 7.36-7.14 (10H, m), 5.70 (1H, d), 5.60 (1H, br s), 4.42-4.20 (3H, m), 4.14 (1 H, d), 3.95 (2H, s), 3.78 (1 H, t), 2.20-1.90 (5H, m), 1.88-1.50 (3H, m).
PREPARATION 4
Λ/-((6-[(2.2-Diphenylethyl)amino1-9-tetrahvdro-2/-/-Pyran-2-yl-9H-purin-2- yl)methyl \π2-(1-piperidinvπethvπurea
Figure imgf000086_0001
2-(1-Piperidinyl)ethanamine (0.35ml, 2.46mmol) was added to a solution of N,N'- carbonyldiimidazole (420mg, 2.6mmol) in dichloromethane (100ml). The reaction mixture was stirred for ten minutes at room temperature and then 2- (aminomethyl)-Λ/-(2,2-diphenylethyl)-9-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yI-9H-purin-6- amine (1.0g, 2.33mmol) (Preparation 3) was added. The reaction mixture was then stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. Dichloromethane (50ml) was then added and the resulting solution was washed with water (50ml) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (50ml). The organic layer was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulphate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (93 : 7 : 1 by volume). This gave the title compound as an oil (300mg).
m/z: MH+ 583.
δH (400MHz; CDCl3): 7.85 (1 H, s), 7.55 (1 H, s), 7.30-7.05 (10H, m), 5.70-5.60 (1H, m), 4.50-4.00 (6H, m), 3.75-3.60 (1H, m), 3.30-3.10 (2H, m), 2.45-2.20 (6H, m), 2.05-1.85 (2H, m), 1.85-1.25 (10H, m). PREPARATION 5
Λ/-({6-[(2.2-Diphenylethvnamino1-9H-purin-2-yl methylV/\/'-r2-(1- piperidinyOethyllurea
Figure imgf000087_0001
A solution of Λ/-({6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl-9H- purin-2-yl}methyl)-Λ/,-[2-(1-piperidinyl)ethyl]urea (300mg, 0.51 mmol) (Preparation 4) in methanol (150ml) was treated with aqueous hydrochloric acid (2M, 100ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The solvent volume was then reduced to 100ml by evaporation under reduced pressure. Saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (50ml) and ethyl acetate (200ml) were added. The two phases were separated. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (100ml), dried (anhydrous magnesium sulphate) and evaporated to give the title compound as a solid (255mg).
m/z: MH+ 499.
δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 7.80 (1 H, s), 7.35-7.10 (10H, m), 4.55-4.10 (5H, m), 3.40- 3.20 (2H, m), 2.60-2.30 (6H, m), 1.60-1.25 (6H, m).
PREPARATION 6
(2R.3R.4R.5R -4-(Acetyloxy -2-r(acetyloxy methyll-5-(6- 2.2- diphenylethyl)amino]-2-{[(([2-(1-piperidinyπethyl]amino)carbonyl) amino]methyl}-9/- -purin-9-vπtetrahvdro-3-furanyl acetate
Figure imgf000088_0001
V,0-Bistrimethylsilylacetamide (0.34ml, 1.4mmol) was added to a stirred suspension of Λ/-({6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-2-yl}methyl)-Λ/,-[2-(1 - piperidinyl)ethyl]urea (100mg, 0.2mmol) (Preparation 5) in 1 ,1 ,1-trichloroethane (20ml) at 50°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at this temperature for 30 minutes, allowed to cool to room temperature and then evaporated under reduced pressure. Toluene (5ml) was added and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was redissolved in toluene (20ml) and (2R,3R,4R,5S)-4,5-bis(acetyloxy)-2-[(acetyloxy)methyl]tetrahydro-3-furanyl acetate (0.064g, 0.2mmol) and then trimethylsilyltrifluoromethanesulphonate (0.1 ml, 0.35mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was then heated under reflux for 2 hours. The reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature and diluted with ethyl acetate (100ml). The solution was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (50ml) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (50 ml) and then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate. The solvent was removed to give a residue that was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (90 : 10 : 1 by volume) to give the title compound as an oil (100mg).
m/z: MH+ 757. δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 7.65 (1H, s), 7.35-7.15 (10H, m), 6.05-6.00 (1 H, m), 6.00- 5.90 (2H, m), 5.85-5.75 (1 H, m), 5.45-5.40 (1 H, m), 4.60-4.15 (7H, m), 3.35-3.25 (2H, m), 2.50-2.35 (6H, m), 2.15 (3H, s), 2.10 (3H, s), 1.90 (3H, s), 1.60-1.35 (6H, m).
PREPARATION 7 2S.3S.4R.5R)-4-(Benzoyloxy)-5-(2-cvano-6-r(2.2-diphenylethyl)amino1-9/- -purin- 9-yl)-2-[(ethylamino)carbonyl]tetrahydro-3-furanyl benzoate
Figure imgf000089_0001
A mixture of 6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purine-2-carbonitrile (Preparation 24) (5.00g, 14.7mmol), (2S,3S,4R,5R)-5-(acetyloxy)-4-(benzoyloxy)-2- [(ethylamino)carbonyl]tetrahydro-3-furanyl benzoate and (2S,3S,4R,5S)-5- (acetyloxy)-4-(benzoyloxy)-2-[(ethylamino)carbonyl]tetrahydro-3-furanyl benzoate (Preparation 18) (6.50g, 14.7mmol) and iodine (0.38g, 15.0mmol) were heated together at 150°C under reduced pressure (7kPa, 1 psi) for 2.5 hours. The reaction was then allowed to stand at room temperature for 18 hours. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with a gradient system of ethyl acetate : pentane (40 : 60 by volume) increasing in polarity to neat ethyl acetate to afford the title compound as a foam (4.95g).
δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 8.12 (3H, m), 7.79 (3H, m), 7.63 (1 H, m), 7.50 (3H, m), 7.38-7.16 (11 H, m), 6.35 (2H, m), 6.10 (1 H, t), 6.03 (1 H, d), 4.94 (1 H, m), 4.35 (3H, m), 3.57 (2H, m), 1.30 (3H, t). PREPARATION 8
(2S.3S.4R.5R)-5-{2-Cvano-6-r(2.2-diphenylethvnamino1-9H-purin-9-yl>-V-ethyl- 3,4-dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide
Figure imgf000090_0001
A solution of (2S,3S,4R,5R)-4-(benzoyIoxy)-5-{2-cyano-6-[(2,2- diphenylethyl)amino]-9/V-purin-9-yl}-2-[(ethylamino)carbonyl]tetrahydro-3-furanyl benzoate (Preparation 7) (4.75g, 6.59mmol) in ethanol (200ml) was saturated with ammonia gas and stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with a gradient system of dichloromethane : methanol (95 : 5 by volume) gradually changing to dichloromethane : methanol (90 : 10 by volume) to afford the title compound as a solid (2.80g).
δH (400MHz; d6DMSO): 8.65 (1 H, s), 8.54 (1 H, br t), 8.18 (1 H, br m), 7.13-7.42 (10H, m), 5.98 (1 H, m), 5.65 (1H, m), 5.57 (1 H, m), 4.59 (2H, m), 4.32 (1H, m), 4.08-4.28 (3H, m), 3.20 (2H, m), 1.05 (3H, t). PREPARATION 9
2-Chloro-Λ/-(1-naphthylmethylV9-tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yl-9H-purin-6-amine
Figure imgf000091_0001
1-Naphthylmethanamine (5.4g, 19.7mmoI) was added to a stirred solution of 2,6- dichloro-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9/-/-purine (3.5g, 22.3mmol) (Preparation 19) and triethylamine (4g, 39.6mmol) in acetonitrile (150ml) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 64 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate (100ml) was added and then the solvent was removed under reduced pressure again. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with pentane : ethyl acetate (1 : 1 by volume) increasing in polarity to neat ethyl acetate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (7.56g) as a solid.
δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 8.10-8.00 (1 H, m), 7.90-7.80 (3H, m), 7.55-7.45 (3H, m), 7.45-7.40 (1 H, m), 6.15 (1 H, s), 5.70-5.60 (1 H, m), 5.25 (1 H, bs), 4.20-4.10 (1 H, m), 3.80-3.70 (1 H, m), 2.15-2.00 (2H, m), 2.00-1.80 (1 H, m), 1.80-1.60 (3H, m). PREPARATION 10
6-[π-Naphthylmethvπamino]-9H-purine-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000092_0001
Tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium (1.1g, 0.95mmol) was added to a solution of 2-chloro-A/-(1-naphthylmethyl)-9-tetrahydro-2/- -pyran-2-yl-9/-/-purin-6-amine (7.5g, 19mmol) (Preparation 9) , zinc cyanide (1.4g, 11.9mmol) and Λ/-ethyl-Λ/- isopropyl-2-propanamine (4ml, 23mmol) in N'N'-dimethylformamide (80ml). The reaction mixture was heated to 100°C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and ethyl acetate (250ml) was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (2M, 100ml). The sodium hydroxide layer was extracted with more ethyl acetate (50ml). The ethyl acetate layers were combined and washed with water (50ml) and then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (100ml) and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure again. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol (99 : 2 by volume) increasing in polarity to dichloromethane : methanol (90 : 10 by volume). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (1.8g) as a foam. The major product of this reaction was actually 6-[(1-naphthylmethyl)amino]-9-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl-9H-purine-2- carbonitrile (2.7g). δH (400MHz; d6DMSO): 8.35-8.25 (1H, m), 8.25-8.15 (1H, m), 7.95-7.90 (1H, m), 7.90-7.80 (1 H, m), 7.60-7.40 (4H, m), 5.20-5.10 (2H, m).
PREPARATION 11 (2S.3S.4R.5RV5-(2-(AminomethylV6-[(2.2-diphenylethvnamino1-9/-/-purin-9-yl)-/V- ethyl-3.4-dihvdroxytetrahvdro-2-furancarboxamide
Figure imgf000093_0001
10% Palladium on carbon (400mg) was added to a solution of (2S,3S,4R,5R)-4- (benzoyloxy)-5-{2-cyano-6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-9-yl}-2- [(ethylamino)carbonyl]tetrahydro-3-furanyl benzoate (Preparation 7) (2.0g, 2.70mmol) in a saturated solution of ammonia in ethanol (40ml). The reaction mixture was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen (414kPa, 60psi) for 16 hours at room temperature. The suspension was filtered through Arbocel (Trade Mark) and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (95 : 5 : 0.5 by volume) increasing to (90 : 10 : 1 by volume). This gave the title compound as a solid (1.2g).
δH (400MHz; d6DMSO): 8.55 (1H, s), 8.45-8.30 (1 H, br s), 7.45-7.10 (10H, m), 6.10-6.00 (1 H, m), 4.70-4.50 (2H, m), 4.35-4.10 (6H, m), 3.20-3.05 (2H, m), 1.10- 0.95 (3H, m). PREPARATION 12
(2S.3S.4R.5RV5-(6-r(2.2-Diphenylethvnamino1-2-([((r2-(isopropylamino)ethvn amino}carbonvπamino]methyl}-9/-/-purin-9-yl)-/\/-ethyl-3.4-dihvdroxytetrahydro-2- furancarboxamide
Figure imgf000094_0001
NN'-Carbonyldiimidazole (0.47g, 2.9mmol) was added to a stirred solution of (2S,3S,4R,5R)-5-{2-(aminomethyi)-6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9/V-purin-9-yl}-/ - ethyl-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide (1.5g, 2.9mmol) (Preparation 11 ) in NN'-dimethylformamide (10ml) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. N'-lsopropylethylene diamine was then added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (95 : 5 : 0.5 by volume) increasing in polarity to dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (80 : 20 : 3 by volume). This gave the title compound as a foam (0.66g).
m/z MH+ 647. δH (400MHz; CD3OD): 8.20 (1H, m), 7.35-7.20 (8H, m), 7.20-7.10 (2H, m), 6.05- 6.00 (1 H, m), 4.55-4.40 (5H, m), 4.30-4.20 (2H, m), 3.35-3.20 (4H, m), 2.90-2.80 (1 H, m), 2.70-2.65 (2H, m), 1.15-1.05 (6H, m).
PREPARATION 13
(2R.3R.4S.5R)-2-f2-(Aminomethvn-6- (9H-fluoren-9-ylmethvnaminol-9H-purin-9- yl}-5-(hvdroxymethyl)tetrahvdro-3.4-furandiol
Figure imgf000095_0001
Ammonia gas was passed through an ice cold solution of (2R,3R,4R,5R)-4- (acetyloxy)-2-[(acetyloxy)methyl]-5-{2-cyano-6-[(9/-/-fluoren-9-ylmethyl)amino]- 9H-purin-9-yl}tetrahydro-3-furanyl acetate (1.2g, 2mmol) (Preparation 71 ) in ethanol (40m!) until the solution was saturated. 10% Palladium on carbon (120mg) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas (413.7 kPa, 60psi) at room temperature for 40 hours. The suspension was filtered through Arbocel (Trade Mark) and the solvent was removed from the filtrate under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (96 : 4 : 0.4 by volume) increasing in polarity to dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (94 : 6 : 0.5 by volume). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (358mg) as a foam. m/z MH+ 475.
δH (400MHz; CD3OD): 8.20 (1 H, m), 7.85-7.75 (2H, m), 7.70-7.60 (2H, m), 7.40- 7.20 (4H, m), 6.00-5.90 (1 H, m), 4.40-4.35 (1 H, m), 4.35-4.30 (1 H, m), 4.20-4.00 (3H, m), 3.90-3.70 (4H, m).
PREPARATION 14
(2S.3S.4R.5R -4-(Benzoyloxy)-5-(6-[(2.2-diphenylethvnamino1-2-([(([2-(1- piperidinvπethyl1amino}carbonyl)amino]methyl}-9H-purin-9-vπ-2- [(ethylamino)carbonyl]tetrahydro-3-furanyl benzoate
Figure imgf000096_0001
Λ/,0-Bistrimethylsilylacetamide (0.34ml, 1.4mmol) was added to a stirred suspension of Λ/-({6-[(2,2-diphenylethyI)amino]-9H-purin-2-yl}methyl)-V-[2-(1- piperidinyl)ethyl]urea (100mg, 0.2mmol) (Preparation 5) in 1 ,1 ,1-trichloroethane
(20ml) at 50°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at this temperature for 30 minutes, allowed to cool to room temperature and then evaporated under reduced pressure. Toluene (5ml) was added and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was redissolved in toluene (20ml).
(2S,3S,4R,5R)-5-(Acetyloxy)-4-(benzoyloxy)-2-[(ethylamino)carbonyl]tetrahydro-
3-furanyl benzoate and (2S,3S,4R,5S)-5-(acetyloxy)-4-(benzoyloxy)-2-
[(ethylamino)carbonyl]tetrahydro-3-furanyl benzoate (Preparation 18) and then trimethylsilyltrifluoromethanesulphonate (0.1 ml, 0.35mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 2 hours. The reaction was then allowed to cool to room temperature and diluted with ethyl acetate (100ml). The solution was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (2 x 50ml) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (50 ml) and then dried (anhydrous magnesium sulphate). The solvent was removed to give a residue that was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (95 : 5 : 0.5 by volume). This gave an impure oil (100mg) which was used without further purification in subsequent experiments.
PREPARATION 15 (3aR.4S.6R.6aR)-Λ/-Ethyl-6-methoxy-2.2-dimethyltetrahvdrofuror3.4- c/)[1 ,3]dioxole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000097_0001
Oxalyl chloride (14.0 ml, 160 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of (Sa ^S.eR.eaRJ-δ-methoxy^^-dimethyltetrahydrofurop^-cOtl ,3]dioxole-4- carboxylic acid (J. Am. Chem. Soc, 80, 1958, 5168-5173) (23.30 g, 107 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (120 ml) and N,N'-dimethylformamide (2 drops) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours until gas evolution had ceased. TLC analysis showed that some starting material still remained and so more N,N-dimethylformamide (2 drops) was added and stirring was continued for 1 hour. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was azeotroped twice with anhydrous dichloromethane. The residue was then dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (200 ml) and the solution was treated dropwise with a solution of ethylamine in tetrahydrofuran (2M, 140 ml, 280 mmol). This solution was left to stand at room temperature for 48 hours. Diethyl ether (250 ml) was added and the mixture was stirred for 15 minutes. The mixture was filtered and the solvent was removed from the filtrate under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with a gradient system of dichloromethane : ethyl acetate (100 : 0 by volume) gradually changing to dichloromethane : ethyl acetate (44 : 66 by volume) to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (24.70 g).
δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 6.53 (1 H, br m), 5.12 (1H, dd), 5.07 (1 H, d), 4.60 (1 H, d), 4.54 (1 H, dd), 3.46 (3H, s), 3.32 (2H, m), 1.51 (3H, s), 1.34 (3H, s), 1.15 (3H, t).
m/z MH+ 246.
PREPARATION 16 (2S.3S.4R.5R)-Λ/-Ethyl-3.4-dihvdroxy-5-methoxytetrahvdro-2-furancarboxamide and (2S.3S.4R.5S)-Λ/-ethyl-3.4-dihvdroxy-5-methoxytetrahvdro-2- furancarboxamide
Figure imgf000098_0001
A solution of (3aR,4S,6R,6aR)-/V-ethyl-6-methoxy-2,2-dimethyltetrahydrofuro[3,4- d][\ ,3]dioxole-4-carboxamide (Preparation 15) (24.60 g, 100 mmol) and pyridinium p-toluenesulphonate (2.50 g, 10 mmol) in methanol (500 ml) was heated under reflux for 18 hours. NMR analysis showed that some starting material still remained and therefore the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in methanol (500 ml) and heated under reflux for 8 hours. NMR analysis showed that some starting material still remained therefore the solvent was removed under reduced pressure once more, the residue was dissolved in methanol (500 ml) and the resulting solution was heated under reflux for 24 hours. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure and the residue was azeotroped three times with dichloromethane to afford the title compound as an oil and as a mixture of α and β anomers (20.50 9). δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 6.58 (1 H, br m), 4.99 (0.25H, d), 4.94 (0.75H, d), 4.46 (0.25H, d), 4.37 (1.5H, m), 4.24 (0.25H, dd), 4.05 (1 H, m), 3.52 (0.75H, s), 3.47 (2.25H, s), 3.30 (2H, m), 1.16 (3H, m).
PREPARATION 17
(2S.3S.4R.5R)-4-(Benzoyloxy)-2-[(ethylamino)carbonyl]-5-methoxytetrahydro-3- furanyl benzoate and (2S.3S.4R.5S)-4-(benzoyloxy)-2-f(ethylamino)carbonyl1-5- methoxytetrahydro-3-furanyl benzoate
Figure imgf000099_0001
A solution of benzoyl chloride (30.0 ml, 259 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 ml) was added slowly to a solution of (2S,3S,4R,5R)-Λ/-ethyl-3,4-dihydroxy-5- methoxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide and (2S,3S,4R,5S)-Λ/-ethyI-3,4- dihydroxy-5-methoxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide (Preparation 16) (20.50 g, 100 mmol) and pyridine (33.0 ml, 409 mmol) in dichloromethane (400 ml) and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between diethyl ether and aqueous hydrochloric acid (1M, 300 ml). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was re-extracted with diethyl ether. The organic layers were combined, washed sequentially with water and brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with a gradient system of dichloromethane : diethyl ether (95 : 5 by volume) gradually changing to dichloromethane : diethyl ether (80 : 20 by volume) to afford the title compound as an oil and as a mixture of α and β anomers (37.0 g).
δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 8.16 (0.5H, d), 7.95 (1.5H, d), 7.88 (1.5H, d), 7.81 (0.5H, d), 7.25-7.66 (6H, m), 6.65 (1 H, br m), 5.88 (1 H, m), 5.60 (0.75H, dd), 5.46 (0.25H, d), 5.23 (0.75H, d), 5.17 (0.25H, t), 4.80 (1 H, m), 3.59 (2.25H, s), 3.49 (0.75H, s), 3.39 (2H, m), 1.23 (3H, t).
PREPARATION 18 (2S.3S.4R.5R)-5-fAcetyloxy)-4-(benzoyloxy -2-[(ethylamino)carbonylltetrahvdro- 3-furanyl benzoate and (2S.3S.4R.5S)-5-CacetyloxyV4-(benzoyloxy)-2- [(ethylamino)carbonyl]tetrahvdro-3-furanyl benzoate
Figure imgf000100_0001
A solution of (2S,3S,4R,5R)-4-(benzoyloxy)-2-[(ethylamino)carbonyI]-5- methoxytetrahydro-3-furanyl benzoate and (2S,3S,4R,5S)-4-(benzoyloxy)-2- [(ethylamino)carbonyI]-5-methoxytetrahydro-3-furanyl benzoate (Preparation 17) (37.0 g, 89.6 mmol) in a mixture of acetic acid (330 ml, 5.77 mol) and acetic anhydride (67 ml, 709 mmol) was cooled to -10°C and treated dropwise with hydrochloric acid (12 N, 7.0 ml, 132 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 18 hours, during which time it was allowed to warm to room temperature. After cooling the mixture to 0°C, water (1000 ml) was added slowly. The mixture was then extracted three times with ethyl acetate (3 portions of 500 ml). The organic layers were combined, washed sequentially with water, a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate and brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with a gradient system of diethyl ether : pentane (66 : 44 by volume) gradually changing to diethyl etherpentane (100:0 by volume). The residue was further purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with a gradient system of dichloromethane : diethyl ether (95 : 5 by volume) gradually changing to dichloromethane : diethyl ether (90 : 10 by volume) to afford the title compound as a mixture of α- and β- anomers (15.40 g).
δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 8.12 (0.8H, d), 7.97 (1.2H, d), 7.92 (1.2H, d), 7.79 (0.8H, d), 7.24-7.65 (6H, m), 6.73 (0.4H, d), 6.62 (0.4H, br m), 6.46 (0.6H, br m), 6.42 (0.6H, d), 6.07 (0.4H, dd), 5.95 (0.6H, t), 5.72 (0.6H, d), 5.44 (0.4H, t), 4.94 (0.4H, d), 4.86 (0.6H, d), 3.36 (2H, m), 2.17 (1.8H, s), 2.10 (1.2H, s), 1.20 (3H, m).
PREPARATION 19
2.6-Dichloro-9-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-vn-9H-purine
Figure imgf000101_0001
2,6-Dichloro-9H-purine (20 g, 0.11 mol) and 4-toluenesulphonic acid monohydrate (0.2 g) were dissolved in ethyl acetate (300 ml), the mixture was heated to 50°C and a solution of 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran (12.6 ml, 0.14 mol) in ethyl acetate (50 ml) was added slowly over 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, water (100 ml) was added and the pH of the solution was adjusted to 7 by addition of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate. The organic layer was separated, washed sequentially with water and brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was azeotroped with pentane (100ml) to afford the title compound as a slightly impure white solid (30.9 g).
δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 8.30 (1 H, s), 5.75 (1 H, dd), 4.25-4.15 (1 H, m), 3.85-3.70 (1 H, m), 2.20-1.60 (6H, m).
PREPARATION 20
2-Chloro-Λ/-(2.2-diphenylethvn-9-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-vn-9H-purin-6-amine
Figure imgf000102_0001
A solution of 2,6-dichloro-9-(tetrahydro-2/-/-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purine (Preparation 19) (30.9 g, 0.11 mol) in isopropyl alcohol (600 ml) was treated with Λ/-ethyl-/V- isopropyl-2-propanamine (47.5ml, 0.27mol) and 2,2-diphenylethylamine (24.8 g, 0.13 mol) and the resulting mixture was heated under reflux for 3 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was azeotroped with ethyl acetate. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with a gradient system of ethyl acetate : hexane (40 : 60, by volume) gradually changing to ethyl acetate : hexane (60 : 40, by volume) to afford the title compound as a foam (49.7 g).
δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 7.95-7.75 (1 H, br s), 7.35-7.15 (10H, m), 5.80-5.70 (1 H, br s), 5.65 (1 H, d), 4.35 (1 H, m), 4.30-4.18 (1 H, br s), 4.10 (1 H, d), 3.70 (1 H, t), 2.05-1.95 (2H, m), 1.95-1.80 (1 H, m), 1.80-1.55 (3H, m). PREPARATION 21
Λ/-(2.2-Diphenylethvn-2-(methylsulfanvn-9-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-vn-9H-purin-6- amine
Figure imgf000103_0001
A solution of 2-chloro-Λ/-(2,2-diphenylethyl)-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H- purin-6-amine (Preparation 20) (49.7 g, 0.11 mol) in dry N,N-dimethylformamide (200 ml) was treated with sodium thiomethoxide (10 g, 0.14 mol) and the resulting mixture was heated under an atmosphere of nitrogen at 100°C for 90 minutes. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 72 hours and then reheated at 100 °C for a further 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled and diluted with water (1000 ml). A suspension was formed which was extracted twice with diethyl ether (500ml). The combined organic layers were washed sequentially with water and brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was azeotroped sequentially with diethyl ether and pentane to afford the title compound as a foam (48.9 g).
δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 7.80 (1H, s), 7.20-7.10 (10H, m), 5.70-5.55 (2H, d), 4.40- 4.20 (3H, m), 4.20-4.05 (1 H, m), 3.80-3.65 (1 H, m), 2.60 (3H, s), 2.15-1.90 (3H, m), 1.90-1.60 (3H, m). PREPARATION 22
Λ/-(2.2-Diphenylethvn-2-('methylsulfonvn-9-('tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-vn-9ry-purin-6- amine
Figure imgf000104_0001
A solution of Oxone (Trade Mark) (potassium peroxymonosulphate) (44 g, 71.7 mmol) in water (200 ml) was added dropwise over 2 hours to a solution of /V- (2,2-diphenylethyl)-2-(methylsulfanyl)-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin-6- amine (Preparation 21 ) (25 g, 56.2 mmol) and sodium hydrogencarbonate (20 g, 238 mmol) in a mixture of acetone (1000 ml) and water (250 ml). The resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours and filtered and the residue was washed with acetone. The acetone was removed from the filtrate under reduced pressure and the resulting aqueous residue was extracted with ethyl acetate and then dichloromethane. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with diethyl ether, filtered, washed with diethyl ether and pentane and then dried to afford the title compound as a white solid (20.32 g).
δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 8.00 (1H, s), 7.35-7.15 (10H, m), 6.05-5.95 (1H, br s), 5.75 (1 H, d), 4.40-4.35 (1 H, m), 4.35-4.20 (2H, br s), 4.15-4.05 (1 H, m), 3.75 (1 H, t), 3.30 (3H, s), 2.18-2.05 (1H, m), 2.05-1.98 (1H, m), 1.98-1.80 (1H, m), 1.80-1.60 (3H, m). PREPARATION 23
6-[(2.2-Diphenylethvπamino1-9-(tetrahvdro-2/-/-Pyran-2-yl)-9H-purine- r c.aarrhbnonniittrriillpe
Figure imgf000105_0001
A solution of Λ/-(2,2-diphenylethyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)-9-(tetrahydro-2/-/-pyran-2- yl)-9H-purin-6-amine (Preparation 22) (20.1 g, 42.1 mmol) in dry N,N- dimethylformamide (100ml) was treated with potassium cyanide (5.5 g, 84.6 mmol) and the mixture was heated at 120°C for 24 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with water (1000 ml) and stirring was continued for a further 1 hour. The resultant solid was filtered off and washed several times with water. The solid was then dissolved in dichloromethane and the solution was washed with water, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was azeotroped with diethyl ether (twice) to afford the title compound as an oil (17 g).
δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 8.00 (1 H, s), 7.40-7.20 (10H, m), 6.00-5.75 (1 H, br s), 5.70 (1 H, d), 4.40-4.20 (3H, m), 4.20-4.10 (1 H, m), 3.80-3.70 (1 H, m), 2.20-1.90 (3H, m), 1.90-1.60 (3H, m). PREPARATION 24
6-[(2,2-Diphenylethv0amino]-9H-purine-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000106_0001
A solution of 6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purine- 2-carbonitrile (Preparation 23) (17 g, 40.1 mmol) in ethanol (850 ml) was treated with 2 N aqueous hydrochloric acid (50 ml) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in ethanol and the solvent was again removed under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with diethyl ether, filtered, washed with diethyl ether and pentane and dried to afford the title compound as a solid (13.6 g).
δH(400MHz; d6DMSO): 8.30 (1 H, s), 8.20-8.05 (1 H, br s), 7.40-7.10 (10H, m), 4.60-4.40 (1.4H, m), 4.20-4.00 (1.6H, m).
m/z [MH+] 341.
PREPARATION 25
/V- e-^^-diphenylethvnaminol-g-tetrahvdro^H-pyran^-yl-gH-purin^- yl}methvπ-Λ/-methyl-Λ/-[2-(2-pyridinyπethyl]urea
Figure imgf000107_0001
N'N'-Carbonyldiimidazole (0.42g, 2.6mmol) was added to a solution of 2- (aminomethyl)-/V-(2,2-diphenylethyI)-9-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl-9/-/-purin-6- amine (1.0g, 2.3mmol) (Preparation 3) in dichloromethane (100ml). The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. Dichloromethane (100ml) was added and the solution was washed with water (50ml) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (50ml). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. A portion of this residue (200mg) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (50ml) and Λ/-methyl-2-(2-pyridinyl)ethanamine (200mg, 1.5mmol) and triethylamine (0.14ml, I .Ommol) were added. The reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 2.5 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was redissolved in ethylacetate (100ml) and washed with water (100ml) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (100ml). The organic phase was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (97 : 3 : 0.5 by volume). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound as a foam (100mg). δH(400MHz; CDCI3): 8.50-8.40 (1H, m), 7.85-7.75 (1 H, m), 7.60-7.50 (1H, m), 7.30-7.10 (11 H, m), 7.10-7.00 (1 H, m), 6.20-6.10 (1H, m), 6.10-6.00 (1H, m), , 5.70-5.60 (1 H, m), 4.55-4.45 (2H, m), 4.35-4.15 (3H, m), 4.15-4.05 (1H, m), 3.75- 3.60 (3H, m), 3.05-2.95 (2H, m), 2.75 (3H, s), 2.10-1.90 (3H, m), 1.80-1.50 (3H, m).
*
PREPARATION 26
/V- 6- 2.2-Diphenylethvnaminol-9H-purin-2-yl}methvn-/\/-methyl-A/-[2-(2- pyridinyl)ethyl]urea
Figure imgf000108_0001
Aqueous hydrochloric acid (2M, 5ml) was added to a solution of ΛT-({6-[(2,2- diphenylethyl)amino]-9-tetrahydro-2/-/-pyran-2-yl-9H-purin-2-yl}methyl)-Λ/-methyl- Λ/-[2-(2-pyridinyl)ethyl]urea (Preparation 25) in methanol (50ml). The solution was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (100ml) and the solution was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (50ml) and then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (0.161 g) as a gum. δH (400MHz; CD3OD): 8.45-8.40 (1 H, m), 7.90 (1 H, m), 7.70-7.65 (1 H, m), 7.30- 7.20 (10H, m), 7.15-7.10 (2H, m), 4.45-4.35 (3H, m), 4.30-4.20 (2H, m), 3.55- 3.45 (2H, m), 2.95-2.90 (2H, m), 2.75 (3H, m).
PREPARATION 27
Λ/-[2-(Diisopropylamino)ethyl]-1 H-imidazole-1 -carboxamide
Figure imgf000109_0001
Λ/1,Λ/1-Diisopropyl-1 ,2-ethanediamine (1g, 6.94 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of N,N'-carbonyldiimidazole (1.12g, 6.94mmol) in dichloromethane (50ml) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour and then diluted with more dichloromethane (50ml), washed with water (60ml), dried with anhydrous magnesium sulphate and evaporated under reduced pressure. This gave the title compound as a solid (600mg).
δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 8.05 (1 H, s), 7.25 (1 H, s), 7.05 (1 H, s), 6.65 (1 H, br s), 3.40- 3.35 (2H, m), 3.10-3.00 (2H, m), 2.75-2.70 (2H, m), 1.05-1.00 (6H, m).
PREPARATIONS 28-37
The following compounds were prepared by the method of Preparation 27 using the appropriate amine.
Figure imgf000110_0001
Figure imgf000110_0002
Figure imgf000111_0001
Figure imgf000112_0001
PREPARATION 38
/V-lsopropylcvclopentanamine
Figure imgf000113_0001
Pearlman's catalyst (20% w/w palladium hydroxide-on-carbon) (1.5g) was added to a solution of cyclopentylamine (15 ml, 0.21 mol) in acetone (200 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas at 414kPa (60psi). After stirring for 16 hours the reaction mixture was filtered through Arbocel (Trade Mark) and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (15 ml) as a thin oil.
δH(400MHz; CDCl3): 3.20-3.10 (1 H, m), 2.90-2.80 (1 H, m), 1.95-1.85 (2H, m), 1.75-1.45 (4H, m), 1.35-1.20 (2H, m), 1.10-1.00 (6H, m).
PREPARATION 39
[Cvclopentyl(isopropyDamino]acetonitrile
Figure imgf000113_0002
Hydroxyacetonitrile (8.2ml of a 70% w/w solution in water, 0.1 mol) was added to a solution of Λ/-isopropylcyclopentanamine (11.43g, 0.09mol) (Preparation 38) in ethanol (60ml). The reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 3 hours, allowed to cool and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol (98 : 2 by volume) to give the title compound (14.1g) as a clear oil. δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 3.60-3.50 (2H, s), 3.30-3.20 (2H, m), 2.00-1.85 (2H, m), 1.80-1.55 (4H, m), 1.45-1.30 (2H, m), 1.15-1.05 (6H, m).
PREPARATION 40
[lsopropyl(1-methyl-1-phenylethyl)amino]acetonitrile
Figure imgf000114_0001
The title compound was prepared from Λ/-isopropyl-2-phenyl-2-propanamine (Preparation 55) using a similar method to Preparation 39.
δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 7.55-7.45 (2H, m), 7.35-7.30 (2H, m), 7.25-7.20 (1 H, m), 3.60 (2H, m), 3.10-3.00 (1 H, m), 1.60 (6H, m), 1.10-1.05 (6H, m).
m/z MH+ 217.
PREPARATION 41
(2.2.6,6-Tetramethyl-1-piperidinyl)acetonitrile
Figure imgf000114_0002
The title compound was prepared from 2,2,6, 6-tetramethylpiperidine using a similar method to that of Preparation 39.
δH(400MHz; CDCI3): 3.45 (2H, s), 1.55-1.50 (4H, m), 1.10 (12H, m). PREPARATION 42
Λ/1-Cyclopentyl-Λ/1-isopropyl-1.2-ethanediamine
Figure imgf000115_0001
Lithium aluminium hydride (66ml of a 1 molar solution in tetrahydrofuran, 0.066mol) was added to a stirred solution of
[cyclopentyI(isopropyl)amino]acetonitrile (10g, 0.66mol) (Preparation 39) in tetrahydrofuran (100ml) at 0°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 20 minutes and then heated under reflux for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and left to stand overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled in an icebath and treated dropwise with 4.8ml of a 7.5% w/w aqueous sodium hydroxide solution followed by 7.4 ml of water. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was slurried with diethyl ether (200ml) for 30 minutes and then filtered. The filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title compound as a colourless oil (10.30g).
δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 3.10-2.95 (2H, m), 2.70-2.60 (2H, m), 2.50-2.40 (2H, m), 1.80-1.45 (10H, m), 1.05-0.95 (6H, m).
m/z MH+ 171. PREPARATION 43
2-(2.2.6,6-Tetramethyl-1-piperidinyl)ethanamine
Figure imgf000116_0001
The title compound was prepared by a similar method to that of Preparation 42 using (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-piperidinyl)acetonitrile (Preparation 41 ).
δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 2.70-2.60 (2H, m), 2.50-2.40 (2H, m), 1.60-1.40 (4H, m), 1.40-1.30 (4H, m), 1.00 (12H, s).
PREPARATION 44
Λ/1-lsopropyl-Λ/1-(1 -methyl-1 -phenylethvO-1 ,2-ethanediamine
Figure imgf000116_0002
The title compound was prepared by a similar method to that of Preparation 42 using [isopropyl(1 -methyl-1 -phenylethyl)amino]acetonitrile (Preparation 40).
δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 7.55-7.50 (2H, m), 7.30-7.25 (2H, m), 7.20-7.15 (1 H, m), 2.90-2.80 (1 H, m), 2.70-2.60 (4H, m), 1.35 (6H, m), 0.95-0.90 (6H, m). PREPARATION 45
(2R.3R.4R.5RV4-(Acetyloxy -2-[(acetyloxy)methyl1-5-(6-chloro-2-cvano-9H-purin- 9-vPtetrahydro-3-furanyl acetate
Figure imgf000117_0001
Copper (I) cyanide was added to a solution of (2R,3R,4R,5R)-4-(acetyloxy)-2- [(acetyIoxy)methyl]-5-(2,6-dichloro-9/- -purin-9-yl)tetrahydro-3-furanyl acetate (J. Med. Chem., 248, 35, 1992) (22g, 40mmol) in N'N'-dimethylformamide (150ml). The suspension was heated to 100°C for 2 hours and was then allowed to cool to room temperature. The reaction mixture was poured into water (700ml) with stirring. The solid was filtered off and stirred in dichloromethane (700ml) for 30 minutes. The solid was filtered off again and then stirred in dichloromethane (700ml) for another 30 minutes. The dichloromethane portions were combined and evaporated under reduced pressure to a volume of 500ml. The dichloromethane was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate. The solvent was removed under reduced presure. The residue was redissolved in dichloromethane (300ml). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was then stirred in diethylether (300ml) for 20 minutes. The solid was filtered off and dried to give the title compound (14.8g).
δH (300MHz; CDCI3): 8.50 (1H, s), 6.10-6.05 (1H, m), 5.80-5.75 (1H, m), 5.55- 5.50 (1 H, m), 4.55-4.50 (1 H, m), 4.50-4.40 (2H, m), 2.20-2.15 (6H, m), 2.10 (3H, s). PREPARATION 46
(2R,3R.4S,5S -2-(2-Amino-6-chloro-9H-purin-9-vn-4-(benzoyloxyV5- [(ethylamino)carbonyl]-tetrahydro-3-furanyl benzoate
Figure imgf000118_0001
A suspension of 2-amino-6-chloropurine (4.60 g, 27.13 mmol) in 1 ,1 ,1- trichloroethane (230 ml) was treated with N,0-bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide (20 ml, 81.4 mmol). The mixture was heated under reflux for 6 hours. The solution was allowed to cool to room temperature and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was treated with a solution of (2S,3S,4R,5R)-5- (acetyloxy)-4-(benzoyloxy)-2-[(ethylamino)carbonyl]tetrahydro-3-furanyl benzoate and (2S,3S,4R,5S)-5-(acetyloxy)-4-(benzoyloxy)-2-
[(ethylamino)carbonyl]tetrahydro-3-furanyl benzoate (Preparation 18) (14.39 g, 32.6 mmol) in anhydrous toluene (230 ml) and trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (20 ml, 108.5 mmol). The resulting solution was then heated at 90°C under a nitrogen atmosphere for 90 minutes. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate (250 ml) and washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate (350 ml) and then brine (350 ml). The organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol (98 : 2 by volume) to afford the title compound as a foam (8.1 g). m/z MH+ 552.
δH(400 MHz; CDCI3): 8.10-7.95 (3H, m), 7.80 (2H, m), 7.50-7.30 (6H, m), 6.90 (1 H, m), 6.40-6.20 (3H, m), 5.20 (2H, br s), 4.90 (1 H, m), 3.45 (1 H, m), 3.30 (1 H, m), 1.15 (3H, t).
PREPARATION 47
(2R.3R.4S.5S)-4-(Benzoyloxy)-2-(6-chloro-2-iodo-9H-purin-9-vn-5- [(ethylamino)carbonyl]-tetrahvdro-3-furanyl benzoate
Figure imgf000119_0001
n-Butyl nitrite (4.65 ml, 39.7 mmol) was added to a suspension of (2R,3R,4S,5S)- 2-(2-amino-6-chloro-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-(benzoyloxy)-5-[(ethylamino)carbonyl]- tetrahydro-3-furanyl benzoate (Preparation 46) (8.10 g, 14.7 mmol), iodine (3.73 g, 14.7 mmol), copper(l) iodide (6.16 g, 32.3 mmol) and diiodomethane (12.55 ml, 155.8 mmol) in THF (100 ml) and the mixture was heated under reflux for 2.5 hours. The solution was allowed to cool to room temperature and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between 5% w/w aqueous sodium metabisulfite solution (100 ml) and dichloromethane (100 ml). The organic layer was separated, filtered through Arbocel (Trade Mark), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol (99 : 1 by volume) to afford the title compound as a yellow foam (7.55 g).
m/z MNa+ 684.
δH(400 MHz; CDCI3): 8.55 (1 H, s), 8.05 (2H, m), 7.80 (2H, m), 7.65-7.30 (6H, m), 6.75 (1H, m), 6.50 (1H, m), 6.10-6.00 (2H, m), 4.90 (1H, m), 3.60-3.40 (2H, m), 1.25 (3H, t).
PREPARATION 48
Λ/-{2-[(1 -Ethylpropyl)(isobutyπamino1ethyl}-1 /-/-imidazole-1 -carboxamide
Figure imgf000120_0001
A suspension of Peariman's catalyst (200mg) and benzyl 2-[(1- ethylpropyl)(isobutyl)amino]ethylcarbamate (1.3g, 4.06mmol) (Preparation 49) in ethyl acetate (20ml) was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas (414 kPa, 60psi) at room temperature for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through Arbocel (Trade Mark) and then the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude material was dissolved in dichloromethane (10ml) and the resulting solution was added to a solution of N'N'-carbonyldiimidazole (0.66g, 4.10mmol) in dichloromethane (10ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes and then diluted with dichloromethane (50ml). The solution was washed with water (30ml) and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with ethyl acetate increasing in polarity to ethyl acetate : methanol (97 : 3 by volume). This gave the title compound as a gum (0.5g). δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 8.05 (1H, s). 7.25 (1 H, s), 7.10 (1 H, s), 6.45 (1 H, bs), 3.45- 3.40 (2H; m), 2.70-2.65 (2H, m), 2.45-2.40 (2H, m), 2.30-2.20 (1 H, m), 1.60-1.50 (1 H, m), 1.50-1.20 (4H, m), 0.95-0.85 (12H, m).
PREPARATION 49
Benzyl 2-[(1 -ethylpropyl)(isobutyl)amino]ethylcarbamate.
Figure imgf000121_0001
Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.87g, 8.84mmol) was added to a solution of benzyl 2-[(1-ethylpropyl)amino]ethylcarbamate (1.8g, δ.δmmol) (Preparation 50), 3-methylbutanal (0.8ml, 7.5mmol) and acetic acid (1 ml, 8.85mmol) in dichloromethane (50ml). The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (50ml) and then washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (100ml). The organic phase was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate and then the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol (95 : 5 by volume) increasing in polarity to dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (95 : 5 : 0.5 by volume). This gave the title compound as an oil (1.3g).
δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 7.40-7.25 (5H, m), 5.30-5.20 (1 H, m), 5.10-5.05 (2H, m), 3.25-3.15 (2H, m), 2.60-2.50 (2H, m), 2.45-2.35 (2H, m), 2.25-2.15 (1 H, m), 1.65- 1.50 (1 H, m), 1.50-1.20 (5H, m), 1.00-0.80 (12H, m). PREPARATION 50
Benzyl 2-[(1 -ethylpropyl)amino]ethylcarbamate
Figure imgf000122_0001
Benzyl 2-aminoethylcarbamate hydrochloride (2g, 8.65mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (50ml) and 3-pentanone (3.7ml, 35mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. Sodium triacetoxy borohydride (5.5g, 26mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was then stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. The solution was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (40ml). The dichloromethane phase was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate and the solvent was removed. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (95 : 5 : 0.5 by volume). This gave the title compound as an oil (1.8g).
δH (300MHz; CDCI3): 7.20-7.10 (5H, m), 5.30 (1 H, bs), 5.10 (2H, s), 3.35-3.20 (2H, m), 2.85-2.70 (2H, m), 2.40-2.30 (1 H, m), 1.50-1.30 (4H, m), 0.90-0.80 (6H, m).
PREPARATION 51
Λ/1.Λ/1-Dicvclopentyl-1 ,2-ethanediamine hydrochloride
Figure imgf000122_0002
Hydrogen chloride gas was passed through a stirred ice cold solution of tetf-butyl 2-(dicyclopentylamino)ethylcarbamate (0.22g, 0.74mmol) (Preparation 52) in dichloromethane (15ml) until the solution was saturated. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and then stirred for 1 hour. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (0.15g) as a brown foam.
m/z MH+ 197.
δH(400MHz; CDCI3): 10.80 (1H, s), 8.75 (3H, s), 3.80-3.60 (6H, m), 2.25-1.50 (16H, m).
PREPARATION 52 ferf-Butyl 2-(dicyclopentylamino)ethylcarbamate
Figure imgf000123_0001
lodocyclopentane (1.68g, 8.6mmol) was added to a suspension of potassium carbonate (1.8g, 13.2mmol) and terf-butyl 2-[cyclopentylamino]ethylcarbamate (1.5g, 6.6mmol) (Preparation 53) in N'.N'-dimethylformamide (10ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at 60°C for 72 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool and was then partitioned between ethyl acetate (50ml) and water (50ml). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with brine (30ml) and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate. The solvent was removed to give a residue that was purified by chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol (98 : 2 by volume) increasing in polarity to dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (90 : 10 : 1 by volume) to give the title compound (64mg) as a brown oil. m/z MH+297
δH(400MHz; CDCI3): 5.10-4.90 (1 H, m), 3.30-3.05 (4H, m), 2.65-2.50 (2H, m), 1.85-1.30 (25H, m).
PREPARATION 53 tert-B ty\ 2-[cyclopentylamino]ethylcarbamate
Figure imgf000124_0001
ife/f-Butyl 2-aminoethylcarbamate (3.0g, 18.8mmol) (Preparation 54) was dissolved in cyclopentanone (30ml). Peariman's Catalyst (0.1g) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas (414 kPa, 100psi) for 48 hours. The catalyst was filtered off through Arbocel (Trade Mark) and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (95 : 5 : 0.5 by volume) increasing in polarity to dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (90 : 10 : 1 by volume). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (1.5g) as an oil.
m/z MH+ 229
δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 4.90 (1 H, s), 3.25-3.10 (2H, m), 3.05-2.95 (1 H, m), 2.70- 2.60 (2H, m), 1.85-1.75 (2H, m), 1.70-1.20 (17H, m). PREPARATION 54 feff-Butyl 2-aminoethylcarbamate
Figure imgf000125_0001
A solution of di(tet -butyl) dicarbonate (27.3g, 0.125mol) in dichloromethane (100ml) was added dropwise to a solution of ethylenediamine (30g, 0.5mol) over an hour. The reaction mixture was stirred for a further hour at room temperature. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (600ml) and 5% w/w aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (200ml). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with water (100ml) and brine (100ml) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound as a white solid (19.1g).
δH (60MHz; CDCI3): 3.30-2.60 (4H, m), 1.45-1.30 (9H, m), 1.20-1.05 (2H, m).
PREPARATION 55
Λ/-lsopropyl-2-phenyl-2-propanamine
Figure imgf000125_0002
Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (4.5g, 21.2mmol) was added portionwise to a solution of 1 -methyl-1 -phenylethylamine (0.96g, 7.1 mmol) in a mixture of acetone (5ml) and dichloromethane (120ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (2M, 100ml) and ethyl acetate (200ml). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with water (100ml) and brine (100ml) and then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (1g) as a colourless oil.
δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 7.40-7.35 (2H, m), 7.30-7.20 (2H, m), 7.15-7.10 (1 H, m), 3.40 (1 H, bs), 2.60-2.50 (1 H, m), 1.40 (6H, s), 0.90-0.85 (6H, m).
PREPARATION 56
2-r2-(4-lsopropyl-1 -piperidinvπethyl]-1 H-isoindole-1.3(2/-/)-dione
Figure imgf000126_0001
A solution of 4-isopropylpiperidine (3.3 g, 20.2 mmol), N-(2- bromoethyl)phthalimide (5.4 g, 21.3 mmol), potassium carbonate (5.9 g, 45.4 mmol) and acetonitrile (100 ml) and was heated under reflux for 2.5 hours and then stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (100 ml) and water (100 ml). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with further ethyl acetate (100 ml). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and the solvent was removed by evaporation under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with a gradient system of dichloromethane changing to dichloromethane : diethyl ether (50 : 50, by volume) changing to diethyl ether to afford the title compound (3.3 g).
m/z MH+ 301 δH (400 MHz, CDCI3): 7.80 (2H, m), 7.70 (2H, m), 3.80 (2H, t), 3.00 (2H, m), 2.60 (2H, t), 1.95 (2H, m), 1.60 (2H, m), 1.40 (1 H, m), 1.20 (2H, qd), 0.95 (1 H, m), 0.80 (6H, d).
PREPARATION 57
2-(4-lsopropyl-1-piperidinvDethylamine
Figure imgf000127_0001
A solution of 2-[2-(4-isopropyl-1-piperidinyl)ethyl]-1 /-/-isoindole-1 ,3(2/-/)-dione (Preparation 56) (3.2 g, 10.6 mmol) in a 33 % w/w solution of methylamine in ethanol (60 ml) was heated under reflux for three hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, more ethanol was added (60 ml) and the solvent was again removed under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in dichloromethane (100 ml) and the solid was filtered off. This was washed with dichloromethane (100 ml). The filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure and the resulting oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 aqueous ammonia solution (90 : 10 : 1 , by volume) to give a colourless oil. Bulb-to-bulb distillation (150-160 °C, 4kPa) yielded the title compound (1 .0 g, 55 %).
m/z MH+ 171.
δH(400 MHz; CDCI3): 2.90 (2H, m), 2.80 (2H, t), 2.40 (2H, t), 1.95 (2H, m), 1.65 (2H, m), 1.40 (1 H, m), 1.30-1.20 (4H. m), 1.00 (1 H, m), 0.85 (6H, d). PREPARATION 58
Λ/1-(teAf-Butyπ-Λ/1-cvclohexyl-1.2-ethanediamine
Figure imgf000128_0001
Hydroxyacetonitrile (5.3ml of of a 70% w/w solution in water, 32mmol) was added to a stirred solution of Λ/-(terf-butyl)cyclohexanamine (5.3ml, 32mmol) in ethanol (50ml) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 16 hours. The solution was allowed to cool to room temperature and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between dichloromethane (50ml) and water (50ml). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (30ml) and a solution of lithium aluminium hydride in tetrahydrofuran (1 M, 55ml, 55mmol) was slowly added. The reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 2 hours. An aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (2M, 6ml) was then carefully added. The suspension was filtered and the liquid was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (3g) as an oil.
δH (300MHz; CDCI3): 2.90-2.70 (1 H, m), 2.70-2.55 (2H, m), 2.20-1.95 (2H, m), 1.85-1.55 (4H, m), 1.40-1.15 (4H, m), 1.15-0.95 (11 H, m). PREPARATION 59
(2R.3R.4R.5RV4-(Acetyloxy)-2-[(acetyloxy)methyl1-5-(6-(r2.2-bis(4- methylphenyl)ethyl1aminoV2-cyano-9/-/-purin-9-yl)tetrahvdro-3-furanyl acetate
Figure imgf000129_0001
The compound was prepared from (2R,3R,4R,5R)-4-(acetyloxy)-2- [(acetyloxy)methyl]-5-(6-chloro-2-cyano-9/-/-purin-9-yl)tetrahydro-3-furanyl acetate (Preparation 45) and 2,2-bis(4-methylphenyl)ethanamine (J. Med. Chem., 1969, 12(1 ), 9) using a similar method to that of Preparation 64.
δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 7.95 (1 H, s), 7.20-7.05 (8H, m), 6.15-6.10 (1H, m), 5.95- 5.90 (1 H, m), 5.75-5.70 (1 H, m), 5.55-5.50 (1 H, m), 4.50-4.35 (3H, m), 4.30-4.20 (2H, m), 2.30 (6H, m), 2.20-2.00 (9H, m). PREPARATION 60
(2R.3R.4S.5RV2-(2-(Aminomethvn-6-{[2.2-bis(4-methylphenyl)ethvπaminoV9H- purin-9-yl)-5-(hvdroxymethyl)tetrahydro-3,4-furandiol
Figure imgf000130_0001
(2R,3R,4R,5R)-4-(Acetyloxy)-2-[(acetyloxy)methyl]-5-(6-{[2,2-bis(4- methylphenyl)ethyl]amino}-2-cyano-9H-purin-9-yl)tetrahydro-3-furanyl acetate (Preparation 59) (837mg, 1.33mmol) was dissolved in a saturated solution of ammonia in ethanol (25ml). 10% Palladium on carbon (168mg) was added and the suspension was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen (414 kPa, 60psi) for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through Arbocel (Trade Mark) and the filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in methanol (100ml) and sodium carbonate (100mg) was added. The suspension was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in a mixture of dichloromethane (15ml) and water (15ml). The dichloromethane layer was washed with water (15ml) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with diethyl ether to give the title compound as a solid (340mg).
m/z MH+ 503. δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 8.10 (1 H, s), 7.20-7.10 (4H, m), 7.05-7.00 (4H, m), 5.90- 5.85 (1 H, m), 4.70-4.65 (1 H, m), 4.40-4.35 (1 H, m), 4.35-4.05 (3H, m), 3.85-3.80 (3H, m), 3.70-3.65 (1 H, m), 2.05 (6H, m).
PREPARATION 61
(2R.3R.4R.5R -4-(Acetyloxy)-2-r(acetyloxy methyl1-5-(6-{[2.2-bis(3- chlorophenvπethyllaminoV2-cvano-9/-/-purin-9-yl)tetrahydro-3-furanyl acetate
Figure imgf000131_0001
The compound was prepared from (2R,3R,4R,5R)-4-(acetyloxy)-2- [(acetyloxy)methyl]-5-(6-chloro-2-cyano-9/-/-purin-9-yl)tetrahydro-3-furanyl acetate (Preparation 45) and 2,2-bis(3-chlorophenyl)ethanamine (J. Med. Chem., 1988, 31 (7), 1282) using a similar method to that of Preparation 64.
δH (400MHz; CDCI3): 8.00 (1 H, s), 7.30-7.10 (8H, m), 6.20-6.10 (1 H, m), 5.80- 5.70 (1H, m), 5.60-5.50 (1H, m), 4.50-4.30 (4H, m), 4.30-4.15 (2H, m), 2.20-2.00 (9H, m). PREPARATION 62
(2R.3R.4S.5R)-2-(2-(Aminomethvn-6-f[2.2-bis(3-chlorophenvnethyl]amino)-9H- purin-9-yl)-5-(hydroxymethyDtetrahydro-3,4-furandiol
Figure imgf000132_0001
The title compound was prepared from (2R,3R,4R,5R)-4-(acetyloxy)-2- [(acetyloxy)methyl]-5-(6-{[2,2-bis(3-chlorophenyl)ethyl]amino}-2-cyano-9/-/-purin- 9-yl)tetrahydro-3-furanyl acetate (Preparation 61) by the method used in Preparation 60.
δH (400MHz; CD3OD): 8.15-8.10 (1 H, m), 7.35-7.10 (8H, m), 5.90-5.85 (1 H, m), 4.70-4.65 (1 H, m), 4.40-4.20 (3H, m), 4.10-4.05 (1 H, m), 3.90-3.80 (3H, m), 3.70- 3.65 (3H, m).
PREPARATION 63
(2R.3R.4S.5R -2-(2-(AminomethylV6-(r2.2-bis(4-chlorophenyl ethyl]amino)-9H- purin-9-yl)-5-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-3.4-furandiol
Figure imgf000133_0001
A solution of (2R,3R,4R,5R)-4-(acetyloxy)-2-[(acetyloxy)methyl]-5-(6-{[2,2-bis(4- chlorophenyl)ethyl]amino}-2-cyano-9H-purin-9-yl)tetrahydro-3-furanyl acetate (700mg, 1 mmol) (Preparation 64) in ethanol (20ml) was saturated with ammonia gas. 10% Palladium on carbon (140mg) was added and the reaction mixture stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas (414 kPa, 60psi) at room temperature for 16 hours. The Palladium on carbon was filtered off through Arbocel (Trade Mark) and the filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in methanol (50ml) and sodium carbonate (60mg, 0.57mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1.5 hours and then the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (95 : 5 : 0.5 by volume) increasing in polarity to dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (90 : 10 : 2 by volume). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (275mg) as a foam.
m/z MH+ 545. δH (400MHz; CD3OD): 8.10 (1 H, s), 7.30-7.20 (8H, m), 7.20-7.10 (1 H, m), 5.90- 5.85 (1 H; m), 4.70-4.65 (1 H, m), 4.50-4.40 (1 H, m), 4.30-4.15 (3H, m), 4.15-4.10 (1 H, m), 3.90-3.80 (3H, m), 3.70-3.65 (1 H, m).
PREPARATION 64
(2R.3R.4R.5R)-4-(AcetyloxyV2-r(acetyloxy)methyl]-5-(6-{ 2.2-bis(4- chlorophenyπethyl]amino}-2-cyano-9/-/-purin-9-yl)tetrahvdro-3-furanyl acetate
Figure imgf000134_0001
Triethylamine (0.2ml, 1.14mmol) was added to a stirred solution of (2R,3R,4R,5R)-4-(acetyloxy)-2-[(acetyloxy)methyl]-5-(6-chloro-2-cyano-9H-purin- 9-yl)tetrahydro-3-furanyl acetate (500mg, 1.14mmol) (Preparation 45) and 2,2- bis(4-chIorophenyl)ethanamine (919mg, 1.2mmol) (J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1983, 105(10), 3138) in acetonitrile (5ml) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (20ml). The solution was washed with water (10ml) and saturated sodium chloride solution (10ml), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : (99 :1 by volume) increasing in polarity to dichloromethane : methanol (98.5 : 1.5 by volume). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (698mg) as a foam.
m/z MH+ 667. δ δH (400MHz; CD3OD): 7.96 (1 H, s), 7.36-7.10 (8H, m), 6.16-6.10 (1H, m), 5.95- 5.85 (1 H, m), 5.75-5.70 (1H, m), 5.δδ-5.50 (1 H, m), 4.45-4.30 (4H, m), 4.30-4.10 (2H, m), 2.20-2.05 (9H, m).
0 PREPARATION 65
(2R,3R.4S.5R)-2-(2-(Aminomethvn-6-{[2.2-bis(3-methylphenvnethyl]aminoV9H- purin-9-yl)-5- ydroxymethyl)tetrahvdro-3.4-furandiol
Figure imgf000135_0001
5
(2R,3R,4R,5R)-4-(Acetyloxy)-2-[(acetyloxy)methyl]-5-(6-{[2,2-bis(3- methylphenyl)ethyl]amino}-2-cyano-9H-purin-9-yl)tetrahydro-3-furanyl acetate (620mg, 1 mmol) (Preparation 66) was dissolved in a saturated solution of 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia in ethanol (20ml). The solution was then stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas (414 kPa, 60psi) at room temperature for 64 hours in the presence of 10% Palladium on carbon (120mg). The reaction mixture was then filtered through Arbocel (Trade Mark) and the filtrate was evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : (90 :10 by volume) increasing in polarity to dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (80 : 20 : 2 by volume). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (253mg) as a foam.
m/z MH+ 503.
δH (400MHz; CD3OD): 8.10 (1 H, s), 7.20-7.05 (6H, m), 7.05-6.90 (2H, m), 5.95- δ.90 (1 H, m), 4.70-4.66 (1 H, m), 4.40-4.36 (1 H, m), 4.36-4.20 (2H, m),4.20-4.10 (1 H, m), 3.90-3.80 (2H, m), 3.70-3.66 (1 H, m), 2.0δ (6H, m).
PREPARATION 66
(2R.3R.4R.5R)-4-(AcetyloxyV2- (acetyloxy methyl1-5-(6-f[2.2-bis(3- methylphenyπethyl]amino}-2-cyano-9H-purin-9-yl)tetrahydro-3-furanyl acetate
Figure imgf000136_0001
The title compound was prepared from (2R,3R,4R,5R)-4-(acetyloxy)-2- [(acetyloxy)methyl]-5-(6-chloro-2-cyano-9H-purin-9-yl)tetrahydro-3-furanyl acetate (Preparation 45) and 2,2-bis(3-methylphenyl)ethanamine (J. Med. Chem., 1988, 31 (7), 1282) using a similar procedure to that of Preparation 64. m/z MH+ 627.
δH (400MHz; CD3OD): 7.95 (1 H, s), 7.25-7.15 (2H, m), 7.10-7.00 (6H, m), 6.15- 6.10 (1 H, m), 5.95-5.90 (1 H, m), 5.80-5.70 (1 H, m), 5.60-5.55 (1 H, m), 4.50-4.35 (3H, m), 4.30-4.20 (3H, m), 3.30 (6H, s), 2.20-2.05 (9H, m).
PREPARATION 67
(2R.3R.4S,5SV4-(BenzoyloxyV2-(6 [2.2-bis(4-chlorophenyl)ethyl1amino}-2-iodo- 9/-/-purin-9-yl)-5-[(ethylamino)carbonyl]tetrahvdro-3-furanyl benzoate
Figure imgf000137_0001
2,2-Bis(4-chlorophenyl)ethanamine (426mg, 1.51 mmol) (J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1983, 105(10), 3138) was added to a stirred solution of (2R,3R,4S,5S)-4- (benzoyloxy)-2-(6-chloro-2-iodo-9H-purin-9-yl)-5-
[(ethylamino)carbonyl]tetrahydro-3-furanyl benzoate (500mg, 0.755mmol) (Preparation 47) in isopropyl alcohol (20ml) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 48 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a residue that was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : (99 :1 by volume). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (329mg) as a foam.
m/z MH+ 891.
δH (400MHz; CD3OD): 8.10-8.00 (2H, m), 7.85-7.75 (3H, m), 7.65-7.55 (1 H, m), 7.55-7.40 (4H, m), 7.30-7.15 (8H, m), 6.30-6.20 (1 H, m), 6.15-6.10 (1 H, m), 6.10- 6.05 (1 H, m), 5.85-5.75 (1 H, m), 4.90 (1 H, s), 4.40-4.30 (2H, m), 4.25-4.10 (2H, m), 3.75-3.60 (1H, m), 3.60-3.45 (1 H, m), 1.30-1.20 (3H, m).
PREPARATION 68
(2R.3R.4S.5S)-4-(BenzoyloxyV2-(6-{ 2.2-bis(4-chlorophenvnethyl1aminoV2- cvano-9/-/-purin-9-yl)-5-[(ethylamino)carbonyl]tetrahydro-3-furanyl benzoate
Figure imgf000138_0001
Copper (I) cyanide was added to a solution of (2R,3R,4S,5S)-4-(benzoyloxy)-2- (6-{[2,2-bis(4-chlorophenyl)ethyl]amino}-2-iodo-9H-purin-9-yl)-5- [(ethylamino)carbonyl]tetrahydro-3-furanyl benzoate (440mg, 0.494mmol) (Preparation 67) in N'N'-dimethylformamide (10ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at 90°C overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into water (15ml). The precipitate was filtered off and stirred in dichloromethane (50ml) for 10 minutes. The dichloromethane was filtered, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol (98 : 2 by volume). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (227mg) as a foam.
δH (400MHz; CD3OD): 8.20 (1H, m), 8.10-8.00 (3H, m), 7,85-7.75 (2H, m), 7.65- 7.60 (1H, m), 7.60-7.40 (4H, m), 7.35-7.15 (8H, m), 6.40-6.35 (1 H, m), 6.30-6.20 (1 H, m), 6.10-6.00 (2H, m), 4.90 (1 H, m), 4.45-4.35 (1 H, m), 4.30-4.15 (2H, m), 3.65-3.45 (2H, m), 1.30-1.20 (3H, m).
PREPARATION 69
(2S,3S.4R.5RV5-{2-(Aminomethvn-6-[(1-naphthylmethvnaminoV9H-purin-9-yl)-/V- ethyl-3.4-dihvdroxytetrahvdro-2-furancarboxamide
Figure imgf000139_0001
10% Palladium on carbon was added to a solution of (2R,3R,4S,5S)-4- (benzoyloxy)-2-{2-cyano-6-[(1-naphthylmethyl)amino]-9H-purin-9-yl}-5-
[(ethylamino)carbonyl]tetrahydro-3-furanyl benzoate (487mg, 0.71 mmol) (Preparation 70) dissolved in a saturated solution of ammonia in ethanol. The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas (414 kPa, 60psi). The reaction mixture was then filtered through Arbocel (Trade Mark) and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (95 : 5 : 0.5 by volume) increasing in polarity to dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (80 : 20 : 2 by volume). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (240mg) as a foam.
δH (400MHz; D6DMSO): 8.45-8.20 (4H, m), 7.90-7.85 (1 H, m), 7.80-7.75 (1 H, m), 7.55-7.45 (3H, m), 7.45-7.35 (1 H, m), 5.95-5.90 (1 H, m), 5.65-5.55 (1 H, m), 5.55- 5.45 (1 H, m), 5.20-5.10 (2H, m), 4.65-4.55 (1 H, m), 4.25 (1 H, s), 4.15-4.10 (1H, m), 4.10-3.90 (1 H, m), 3.65 (2H, m), 3.20-3.00 (2H, m), 1.05-0.90 (3H, m).
PREPARATION 70
(2R.3R.4S.5SV4-(BenzoyloxyV2-f2-cvano-6-[(1-naphthylmethvnamino1-9H-purin- 9-yl}-5- (ethylamino)carbonyl]tetrahydro-3-furanyl benzoate
Figure imgf000140_0001
Diazabicycloundecane (0.18ml, 1.2mmoI) was added to a solution of (6-[(1- naphthylmethyl)amino]-9H-purine-2-carbonitrile (200mg, 0.67mmol) (Preparation 10) and (2S,3S,4R,5R)-5-(acetyloxy)-4-(benzoyloxy)-2-
[(ethylamino)carbonyl]tetrahydro-3-furanyl benzoate and (2S,3S,4R,5S)-5- (acetyloxy)-4-(benzoyloxy)-2-[(ethylamino)carbonyl]tetrahydro-3-furanyl benzoate (309mg, 0.70mmol) (Preparation 18) in acetonitrile (5ml). Trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (0.24ml, 1.33mmol) was added and the reaction mixture heated under reflux for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was then allowed to cool to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate (20ml) and washed twice with water (20ml). The ethyl acetate layer was then washed with 10% w/w aqueous citric acid and saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (20ml). The organic phase was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane increasing in polarity to dichloromethane : methanol (98 :2 by volume). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (235mg) as a foam.
δH (400MHz; d6DMSO): 9.20-9.10 (1 H, m), 8.75 (1 H, m), 8.30-8.20 (2H, m), 8.00- 7.90 (3H, m), 7.80-7.70 (3H, m), 7.70-7.60 (1 H, m), 7.60-7.30 (8H, m), 6.70-6.60 (1 H, m), 6.30-6.20 (1 H, m), 6.10-6.05 (1 H, m), 5.15-5.10 (2H, m), 4.90-4.85 (1 H, m), 3.20-3.05 (2H, m), 1.00-0.90 (3H, m).
PREPARATION 71
(2R.3R.4R.5R)-4-(Acetyloxy)-2-r(acetyloxy)methyl]-5-(2-cvano-6-[(9H-fluoren-9- ylmethvπamino]-9H-purin-9-yl)tetrahvdro-3-furanyl acetate
Figure imgf000141_0001
Triethylamine (0.38ml, 2.7mmol) was added to a stirred solution of (2R,3R,4R,5R)-4-(acetyloxy)-2-[(acetyloxy)methyl]-5-(6-chloro-2-cyano-9H-purin- 9-yl)tetrahydro-3-furanyl acetate (1.0g, 2.3mmol) (Preparation 45) and 9H- fluoren-9-ylmethanamine (0.49g, 2.5mmol) (J. Org. Chem., 1971 , 36(23), 3539) in acetonitrile (30ml) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was partially redissoved in ethyl acetate (30ml). The ethyl acetate was washed with water (1ml) and a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (10ml). The organic phase was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : ethyl acetate (96 : 4 by volume) increasing in polarity to dichloromethane : ethyl acetate (94 :6 by volume). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (1.23g) as a foam.
m/z MH+595.
δH (300MHz; CDCI3): 8.00 (1 H, s), 7.80-7.75 (2H, m), 7.65-7.60 (2H, m), 7.45- 7.30 (4H, m), 6.20-6.10 (1 H, m), 6.05-5.95 (1 H, m), 5.80-5.75 (1 H, m), 5.60-5.55 (1 H, m), 4.50-4.30 (4H, m), 4.30-4.20 (2H, m), 2.20-2.05 (9H, m).
PREPARATION 72
(2S.3S.4R.5R -5-(6-r(2.2-Diphenylethyl amino1-2-[(methylamino)methyl]-9H- purin-9-yl}-Λ/-ethyl-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide
Figure imgf000143_0001
10% Palladium on carbon (0.2g) was added to a solution of (2S,3R,4R,5R)-4- (benzoyloxy)-5-{2-cyano-6-[(2,2-diphenylethyI)amino]-9/- -purin-9-yl}-2- [(ethylamino)carbonyl]tetrahydro-3-furanyl benzoate (1.Og, 1.4mmol) (Preparation 7) in 33% w/w methylamine in ethanol (75ml). The reaction mixture was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas (4414 kPa, 60psi) for 16 hours at room temperature. The solid was filtered off and the solvent was removed from the filtrate under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (95 : 5 : 0.5 by volume) increasing in polarity to dichloromethane : methanol : 0.88 concentrated aqueous ammonia (90 : 10 : 1 by volume) to give the title compound (0.52g) as a solid.
m/z MH+ 532.
δH(400MHz; CDCI3): 8.25 (1 H, s), 7.35-7.20 (8H, m), 7.20-7.10 (2H, m), 6.05-6.00 (1 H, m), 4.55-4.45 (1 H, m), 4.45 (2H, m), 4.40-4.20 (2H, m), 3.80 (2H, m), 3.40- 3.20 (2H, m), 2.45 (3H, m), 1.15-1.05 (3H, m). PREPARATION 73
/V-[2-(1-Piperidinyl)ethvfl-1 -/-imidazole-1 -carboxamide
Figure imgf000144_0001
2-(1-Piperidinyl)ethylamine (1.28 g, 10 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of N.N'-carbonyldiimidazole (1.62 g, 10 mmol) in THF (25 ml) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight and the solvent was then removed by evaporation under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (100 ml) and water (50 ml) and the ethyl acetate layer was separated, washed with brine (30 ml) and dried with anhydrous sodium sulphate. Evaporation of the solvent under reduced pressure yielded the title compound as a white solid (1.8 g).
δH(400 MHz; CDCI3): 8.10 (1 H, s), 7.35 (1 H, s), 7.10 (1 H, s), 6.80 (1 H, br s), 3.45 (2H, m), 2.55 (2H, m), 2.50-2.30 (4H, m), 1.60-1.40 (6H, m).
PHARMACOLOGICAL ACTIVITY
All the compounds of the Examples were tested for anti-inflammatory activity by their ability to inhibit neutrophil function (which indicates A2a receptor agonist activity) by the method described on page 42 and all had an IC50 of less than 1 micromolar.

Claims

A compound of the formula
Figure imgf000146_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein
R1 is (i) H, (ii) C,-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl, said phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl being optionally substituted by C.,-C6 alkyl, C,-C6 alkoxy, halo or cyano, or (iii) fluorenyl;
R2 is H or C,-C6 alkyl;
either, R3 and R4, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, represent azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, homopiperidinyl or homopiperazinyl, each being optionally substituted on a ring nitrogen or carbon atom by C C6 alkyl or C3-C8 cycloalkyl and optionally substituted on a ring carbon atom not adjacent to a ring nitrogen atom by
-NR6R7 or -OR9,
or, R3 is H, Cj-Ce alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl or benzyl, said C,-C6 alkyl being optionally substituted by C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and R4 is
(a) C^Ce; alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl or R15, said C,-C6 alkyl being optionally substituted by R15, or
(b) -(C2-C6 alkylene)-R8, or (c) -(C Cβ alkylene)-R13;
R5 is -CH2OH or -CONR14R14;
R6 and R7 are either each independently H or Cj-Cβ alkyl or, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, represent azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl, said azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl and piperidinyl being optionally substituted by CrC6 alkyl;
R8 is (i) azetidin-1-yl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, piperidin-1-yl, morpholin-4-yl, piperazin-1- yl, homopiperidin-1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl or tetrahydroisoquinolin-1-yl, each being optionally substituted on a ring carbon atom by C.,-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, C C6 alkoxy-(C1-C6)-alkyl, R9R9N-(CrC6)-alkyl, fIuoro-(CrC6)- alkyl, -CONR9R9, -COOR9 or C2-C5 alkanoyl and optionally substituted on a ring carbon atom not adjacent to a ring nitrogen atom by fluoro-(C C6)-alkoxy, halo, -OR9, cyano, -S(0)mR1°, -NR9R9, -S02NR9R9, -NR9COR10 or -NR9S02R1°, and said piperazin-1 -yl and homopiperazin-1-yl being optionally substituted on the ring nitrogen atom not attached to the C2-C6 alkylene group by C C6 alkyl, phenyl, C.,-C6 alkoxy-(C2-C6)-alkyl, R9R9N-(C2-C6)-alkyl, fluoro-(C1-C6)-alkyl, C2-C5 alkanoyl, -COOR10, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, -S02R1°, -S02NR9R9 or -CONR9R9, or (ii) -NR11R12;
R9 is H, C C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl or phenyl;
R10 is CrC6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl or phenyl;
R11 is C,-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl or benzyl;
R12 is CrC6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, fluoro-^- J-alkyl, -CONR9R9, -COOR10, -COR10, -S02R10 or -S02NR9R9, said CrC6 alkyl being optionally substituted by phenyl; R13 is phenyl, pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl or pyridin-4-yl, each being optionally substituted by
Figure imgf000148_0001
alkyl, C.,-C6 alkoxy, halo or cyano;
R14 is H or C C6 alkyl optionally substituted by cyclopropyl;
R15 is azetidin-3-yl, pyrrolidin-3-yl, piperidin-3-yl, piperidin-4-yl, homopiperidin-3-yl or homopiperidin-4-yl, each being optionally substituted by R13, CrC6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl or benzyl;
m is O, 1 or 2;
X is -CH2- or -CH2CH2-; and
Y is CO, CS, S02 or C=N(CN).
2. A compound of the formula (I), as defined in claim 1 , wherein
R1 is H, C C6 alkyl or fluorenyl, said C C6 alkyl being optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from phenyl and naphthyl, said phenyl and naphthyl being optionally substituted by CrC6 alkyl, C C6 alkoxy, halo or cyano;
R2 is H or C C6 alkyl;
either, R3 and R4, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, represent azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, homopiperidinyl or homopiperazinyl, each being optionally substituted on a ring nitrogen or carbon atom by C.,-C6 alkyl or C3-C8 cycloalkyl and optionally substituted on a ring carbon atom not adjacent to a ring nitrogen atom by -NR6R7,
or, R3 is H, C.,-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl or benzyl and R4 is (a) azetidin-3-yl, pyrrolidin-3-yI, piperidin-3-yl, piperidin-4-yl, homopiperidin-3-yl or homopiperidin-4-yI, each being optionally substituted by C C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl or benzyl, or
(b) -(C2-C6 alkylene)-R8, or (c) -(CrC6 alkylene)-R13;
R5 is -CH2OH or -CONR14R14;
R6 and R7 are either each independently H or C.,-C6 alkyl or, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, represent azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl, said azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl and piperidinyl being optionally substituted by CrC6 alkyl;
R8 is (i) azetidin-1-yl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, piperidin-1-yl, morpholin-4-yl, piperazin-1- yl, homopiperidin-1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl or tetrahydroisoquinolin-1-yl, each being optionally substituted on a ring carbon atom by C C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, C C6 a[koxy-(C C6)-alkyl, R9R9N-(C1-C6)-alkyl, fluoro-(C1-C6)- alkyl, -CONR9R9, -COOR9 or C2-C5 alkanoyl, and optionally substituted on a ring carbon atom not adjacent to a ring nitrogen atom by fluoro-(C1-C6)-alkoxy, halo, -OR9, cyano, -S(0)mR10, -NR9R9, -S02NR9R9, -NR9COR10 or -NR9S02R10, and said piperazin-1 -yl and homopiperazin-1-yl being optionally substituted on the ring nitrogen atom not attached to the C2-C6 alkylene group by CrC6 alkyl, phenyl, C C6 alkoxy-(C2-C6)-alkyl, R9R9N-(C2-C6)-alkyl, fluoro-(CrC6)-alkyl, C2-C5 alkanoyl, - COOR10, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, -S02R10, -S02NR9R9 or -CONR9R9, or (ii) -NR11R12;
R9 is H, C C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl or phenyl;
R10 is CrC6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl or phenyl;
R11 is H, C C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl or benzyl;
R12 is H, C,-Cβ alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, fluoro-(C1-C6)-alkyl, -CONR9R9, -COOR10, C2-C5 alkanoyl or -S02NR9R9; R13 is phenyl, pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl or pyridin-4-yl, each being optionally substituted by C.,-C6 alkyl, CrC6 alkoxy, halo or cyano;
R14 is H or C C6 alkyl optionally substituted by cyclopropyl;
m is 0, 1 or 2;
X is -CH2- or -CH2CH2-; and
Y is CO, CS, S02 or C=N(CN).
3. A compound as claimed in claim 1 wherein R1 is C,-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl, said phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl being optionally substituted by C1-C6 alkyl, C C6 alkoxy, halo or cyano.
4. A compound as claimed in claim 3 wherein R1 is 2,2-diphenyleth-1-yl, 2,2- di(4-chlorophenyl)eth-1 -yl, 2,2-di(3-chlorophenyl)eth-1 -yl, 2,2-di(4- methylphenyl)eth-1-yl, 2,2-di(3-methylphenyl)eth-1-yl, naphth-1-ylmethyl or fluoren-9-ylmethyl.
5. A compound as claimed in any one of the preceding claims wherein R2 is H or CrC4 alkyl.
6. A compound as claimed in claim 5 wherein R2 is H or methyl.
7. A compound as claimed in any one of the preceding claims wherein R3 is H or CrC6 alkyl.
8. A compound as claimed in claim 7 wherein R3 is H or methyl.
9. A compound as claimed in claim 1 or any one of claims 3 to 8 wherein R4 is (a) CrC4 alkyl substituted by -R 5, C3-C6 cycloalkyl or -R15; or (b) -(C2-C4 alkylene)-R8, or (c) -(C.-C4 alkylene)-R13.
10. A compound as claimed in claim 9 wherein R4 is -CH2R15, cyclohexyl, -R15, -CH2CH2R , -CH2R or -CH2CH2R .
11. A compound as claimed in any one of the preceding claims wherein R5 is -CH2OH or -CONH(C1-C6 alkyl).
12. A compound as claimed in claim 11 wherein R5 is -CH2OH or -CONHCH2CH3.
13. A compound as claimed in claim 1 or any one of claims 3 to 12 wherein R8 is (i) piperidin-1-yl or 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-2-yl, each being optionally substituted on a ring carbon atom by C C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, C.,-C6 alkoxy-(C C6)-alkyl, R9R9N-(CrC6)-alkyl, fluoro-(CrC6)-alkyl, -CONR9R9, -COOR9 or C2-C5 alkanoyl and optionally substituted on a ring carbon atom not adjacent to a ring nitrogen atom by fluoro-(C C6)-alkoxy, halo, -OR9, cyano, -S(0)mR1°, -NR9R9, -S02NR9R9, -NR9COR10 or -NR9S02R10, or (ii) -NR11R12.
14. A compound as claimed in claim 13 wherein R8 is piperidin-1-yl, 4-(2- propyl)piperidin-1-yl, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-1-yl, 1 ,2,3,4- tetrahydroisoquinolin-2-yl or -NR11R12.
15. A compound as claimed in any one of the preceding claims wherein R11 is C,-C6 alkyl or C3-C8 cycloalkyl.
16. A compound as claimed in claim 15 wherein R11 is -CH(CH3)2, -CH2CH2CH2CH3) -CH2CH(CH3)2, -C(CH3)3, -CH(CH2CH3)2, cyclohexyl or cyclopentyl.
17. A compound as claimed in claim 1 or any one of claims 3 to 16 wherein R12 is C C6 alkyl, C3-C3 cycloalkyl, -COR10 or -S02R10 said C C„ alkyl being optionally substituted by phenyl.
18. A compound as claimed in claim 17 wherein R12 is -CH(CH3)2,
-CH2CH2CH2CH3, -CH2CH(CH3)2, -C(CH3)3, -CH(CH2CH3)2, -C(CH3)2Ph, -S02Ph, -COPh, cyclohexyl or cyclopentyl.
19. A compound as claimed in any one of the preceding claims wherein R13 is phenyl or pyridin-2-yl, each being optionally substituted by C1-C6 alkyl, C,-C6 alkoxy, halo or cyano.
20. A compound as claimed in claim 18 wherein R 3 is phenyl or pyridin-2-yl.
21. A compound as claimed in claim 1 or any one of claims 3 to 20 wherein R15 is pyrrol id in-3-yl or piperidin-4-yl, each being optionally substituted by R13, C,- C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl or benzyl.
22. A compound as claimed in claim 21 wherein R15 is 1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yl, 1-(2-pyridinyl)piperidin-4-yl, or 1-benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl.
23. A compound as claimed in any one of the preceding claims wherein X is -
24. A compound as claimed in any one of the preceding claims wherein Y is CO or C=N(CN).
25. A compound as claimed in claim 1 which is selected from the group consisting of:
Λ/-({9-[(2R,3R,4S,5R)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2-furanyl]-6- [(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-2-yl}methyl)-Λ/'-[2-(diisopropylamino)ethyl] urea; /V-({9-[(2R,3R,4S,5R)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2-furanyl]-6-
[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-2-yl}methyl)-/V-[2-(1-piperidinyl)ethyl]urea;
(2S,3S,4R,5R)-5-{2-{[({[2-(diisopropylamino)ethyl]amino}carbonyl)amino] methyl}-
6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9/-/-purin-9-yl}-Λ/-ethyl-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydro-2- furancarboxamide;
(2S)3S)4R,5R)-5-(6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-2-{[({[2-(1-piperidinyl)ethyl] amino}carbonyl)amino]methyl}-9H-purin-9-yl)-/V-ethyI-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydro-2- furancarboxamide;
(2S,3S,4R,5R)-5-{2-{[((E)-(cyanoimino){[2-(1-piperidinyl)ethyl]amino} methyl)amino]methyl}-6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-9-yI}-Λ/-ethyl-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide;
(2S,3S,4R,5R)-5-{2-({[(benzylamino)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-6-[(2,2- diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-9-yl}-Λ/-ethyl-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydro-2- furancarboxamide; (2S,3S,4R,5R)-5-{2-({[(cyclohexylamino)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-6-[(2,2- diphenylethyl)amino]-9/V-purin-9-yl}-/V-ethyl-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydro-2- furancarboxamide;
(2S,3S,4R,5R)-5-{2-({[({2-[benzoyl(isopropyl)amino]ethyl}amino)carbonyl] amino}methyl)-6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-9-yl}-A/-ethyl-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide;
(2S,3S,4R,5R)-5-[6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-2-({[({2-
[isopropyl(phenylsulfonyI)amino]ethyl}amino)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-9H-purin-9- yl]-Λ/-ethyl-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide;
/V-({9-[(2RI3R,4S,5R)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2-furanyl]-6- [(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-2-yl}methyl)-Λ/-methyl-A/-[2-(2-pyridinyl) ethyljurea;
(2S)3S,4R,5R)-5-{2-[({[(1-benzyl-4-piperidinyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)methyl]-6-
[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-9-yl}-/V-ethyl-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydro-2- furancarboxamide; (2S,3S,4R,5R)-5-[6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-2-({[({2-[(1 - ethylpropyl)(isobutyl)amino]ethyl}amino)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-9 Y-purin-9-yl]-/V- ethyl-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide; /V-({9-[(2R,3R,4S,5R)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2-furanyl]-6-
[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-2-yl}methyl)-Λ/,-{2-[(1- ethylpropyl)(isobutyl)amino]ethyl}urea;
Λ/-[2-(3,4-dihydro-2(1H)-isoquinolinyl)ethyl]-/V-({9-[(2R,3R)4S,5R)-3,4-dihydroxy- 5-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2-furanyl]-6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9 - -purin-2- yl}methyl)urea;
(2S,3S)4R,5R)-5-{2-{[({[2-(3,4-dihydro-2(1H)-isoquinolinyl)ethyl]amino} carbonyl)amino]methyl}-6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-9-yl}-/V-ethyl-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide; (2S,3S,4R,5R)-5-{2-{[({[2-(dibutylamino)ethyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]methyl}-6-
[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-9-yl}-Λ/-ethyl-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydro-2- furancarboxamide;
(2S)3S,4R,5R)-5-{2-({[({2-[cyclopentyl(isopropyl)amino]ethyl}amino)carbonyl] amino}methyl)-6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-9-yl}-V-ethyl-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide;
A/-{2-[cyclopentyl(isopropyl)amino]ethyl}-/V-({9-[(2R,3R,4S,5R)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-
(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2-furanyl]-6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9/-/-purin-2- yl}methyl)urea;
(2S,3S,4R,5R)-5-(6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-2-{[({[1-(2-pyridinyl)-4- piperidinyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]methyl}-9H-purin-9-yl)-Λ/-ethyl-314- dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide;
(2S,3S,4R,5R)-5-(6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-2-{[methyl({[2-(1- piperidinyl)ethyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]methyl}-9 - -purin-9-yl)-Λ/-ethyl-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide; (2S,3S,4R,5R)-5-{2-({[({2-[ter.-butyl(cyclohexyl)amino]ethyl}amino)carbonyl] amino}methyl)-6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-9-yl}-Λ/-ethyl-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide;
Λ/^-t.eA -buty cyclohexy aminojethylJ-Λy-^g- R.SR^S.δRJ-S^-dihydroxy-δ-
(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2-furanyl]-6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-2- yl}methyl)urea;
/V-({9-[(2R,3R,4S,δR)-3,4-dihydroxy-δ-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2-furanyl]-6-
[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-2-yl}methyl)-V-[1-(2-pyridinyl)-4- piperidinyljurea; 164
/V-[(1-benzyl-4-piperidinyl)methyl]-Λ/,-({9-[(2R,3R,4S)δR)-3,4-dihydroxy-δ-
(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2-furanyl]-6-[(2,2-diphenyiethyl)amino]-9H-purin-2- yl}methyl)urea;
Λ/-[(1-benzyl-4-piperidinyl)methyl]-A/'-({9-[(2R)3R,4S,δR)-3,4-dihydroxy-δ- δ (hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2-furanyl]-6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-2- yl}methyl)urea;
(2S,3S,4R,δR)-δ-[6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-2-({[({2-[isopropyl(1-methyl-1- phenylethyl)amino]ethyl}amino)carbonyI]amino}methyI)-9H-purin-9-yI]-Λ/-ethyI-
3,4-dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide; 0 Λ/-({9-[(2R,3R,4S,δR)-3,4-dihydroxy-δ-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2-furanyl]-6-
[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-2-yl}methyl)-A/'-{2-[isopropyI(1-methyl-1- phenylethyl)amino]ethyl}urea;
/V-[2-(dicyclopentylamino)ethyl]-/V-({9-[(2R,3R,4S>δR)-3,4-dihydroxy-δ-
(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2-furanyl]-6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-2- δ yl}methyl)urea;
Λ/-({9-[(2R,3R,4S,5R)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2-furanyl]-6-
[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethyl)amino]-9/-/-purin-2-yl}methyl)-Λ/'-[2-(diisopropylamino) ethyl] urea;
Λ/-({9-[(2R,3R,4S,δR)-3,4-dihydroxy-δ-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2-furanyl]-6- 0 [(2,2-diphenyIethyl)amino]-9H-purin-2-yl}methyl)-Λ/,-[2-(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1- piperidinyl)ethyl]urea;
(2S,3S,4R)δR)-δ-(6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-2-{[({[2-(4-isopropyl-1- piperidinyl)ethyl]amino}carbonyI)amino]methyl}-9H-purin-9-yl)-Λ/-ethyl-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide; δ (2S,3S,4R,δR)-δ-(6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-2-{[({[2-(2,2,6)6-tetramethyl-1- piperidinyl)ethyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]methyl}-9/-/-purin-9-yl)-Λ/-ethyl-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide;
/V-[(3R)-1-benzyIpyrrolidinyl]-/V-({9-[(2R,3R,4S,6R)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-
(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2-furanyl]-6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-2- 0 yl}methyl)urea;
(2S,3S,4R,5R)-δ-{2-{[({[(3R)-1-benzylpyrrolidinyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]methyl}-
6-[(2,2-diphenylethyl)amino]-9H-purin-9-yl}-A/-ethyI-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydro-2- furancarboxamide; 165
(2S,3S,4R,5R)-5-(6-{[2,2-bis(4-chlorophenyl)ethyl]amino}-2-{[({[2-
(diisopropylamino)ethyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]methyl}-9H-purin-9-yl)-/V-ethyI-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydro-2-furancarboxamide;
Λ/-({6-{[2,2-bis(4-chlorophenyl)ethyl]amino}-9-[(2R,3R,4S,5R)-3,4-dihydroxy-δ- δ (hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2-furanyl]-9/- -purin-2-yl}methyl)-Λ/'-[2-
(diisopropylamino)ethyl]urea;
Λ/-({6-{[2,2-bjs(3-methylphenyl)ethyl]amino}-9-[(2R,3R,4S,δR)-3,4-dihydroxy-δ-
(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2-furanyl]-9H-purin-2-yl}methyl)-A/'-[2-
(diisopropylamino)ethyl]urea; 0 Λ/-({6-{[2,2-bis(3-chlorophenyl)ethyl]amino}-9-[(2R,3R,4S)5R)-3,4-dihydroxy-δ-
(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2-furanyl]-9H-purin-2-yl}methyl)-/V-[2-
(diisopropylamino)ethyl]urea;
Λ/-({6-{[2,2-bis(3-methylphenyl)ethyl]amino}-9-[(2R,3R,4S,δR)-3>4-dihydroxy-δ-
(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2-furanyl]-9H-purin-2-yl}methyl)- v1-[2- 6 (diisopropyIamino)ethyl]urea; and
(2S,3S,4R,5R)-5-{2-{[({[2-(Diisopropylamino)ethyl]amino}carbonyl)amino]methyl}-
6-[(1-naphthylmethyl)amino]-9/--purin-9-yl}-/V-ethyl-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydro-2- furancarboxamide;
0 and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof.
26. A pharmaceutical composition including a compound of the formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, as defined in any one of the preceding claims, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent 6 or carrier.
27. A compound of the formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or composition thereof, as defined in any one of claims 1 to 26 and 26, respectively, for use as a medicament. 0
28. The use of a compound of the formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or composition thereof, as defined in any one of claims 1 to 2δ and 26, respectively, for the manufacture of a medicament to treat a disease for which an A2a receptor agonist is indicated.
29. The use of a compound of the formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or composition thereof, as defined in any one of claims 1 to 25 and 26, respectively, for the manufacture of an anti-inflammatory agent.
30. The use of a compound of the formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or composition thereof, as defined in any one of claims 1 to 25 and 26, respectively, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a respiratory disease.
31. Use as claimed in claim 30 where the disease is selected from the group consisting of adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), bronchitis, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, cystic fibrosis, asthma, emphysema, bronchiectasis, chronic sinusitis and rhinitis.
32. The use of a compound of the formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or composition thereof, as defined in any one of claims 1 to 25 and 26, respectively, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of septic shock, male erectile dysfunction, male factor infertility, female factor infertility, hypertension, stroke, epilepsy, cerebral ischaemia, peripheral vascular disease, post-ischaemic reperfusion injury, diabetes, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis, allergic dermatitis, eczema, ulcerative colitis, Crohns disease, inflammatory bowel disease, Heliobacter pylori-gastntis, non-Heliobacter pylori gastritis, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug-induced damage to the gastro-intestinal tract or a psychotic disorder, or for wound healing.
33. A compound of the formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or composition thereof, as defined in any one of claims 1 to 25 and 26, respectively, for use as an A2a receptor agonist.
34. A compound of the formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or composition thereof, as defined in any one of claims 1 to 25 and 26, respectively, for use as an anti-inflammatory agent.
35. A compound of the formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or composition thereof, as defined in any one of claims 1 to 25 and 26, respectively, for use in the treatment of a respiratory disease.
36. A compound as claimed in claim 36 where the disease is selected from the group consisting of adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), bronchitis, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, cystic fibrosis, asthma, emphysema, bronchiectasis, chronic sinusitis and rhinitis.
37. A compound of the formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or composition thereof, as defined in any one of claims 1 to 2δ and 26, respectively, for use in the treatment of septic shock, male erectile dysfunction, male factor infertility, female factor infertility, hypertension, stroke, epilepsy, cerebral ischaemia, peripheral vascular disease, post-ischaemic reperfusion injury, diabetes, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis, allergic dermatitis, eczema, ulcerative colitis, Crohns disease, inflammatory bowel disease, Heliobacter pylori-gastntis, non-Heliobacter pylori gastritis, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug-induced damage to the gastro-intestinal tract or a psychotic disorder, or for wound healing.
38. A method of treatment of a mammal, including a human being, to treat a disease for which an A2a receptor agonist is indicated, including treating said mammal with an effective amount of a compound of the formula (I) or with a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or composition thereof, as defined in any one of claims 1 to 2δ and 26, respectively.
39. A method of treatment of a mammal, including a human being, to treat an inflammatory disease, including treating said mammal with an effective amount of a compound of the formula (I) or with a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or composition thereof, as defined in any one of claims 1 to 26 and 26, respectively.
40. A method of treatment of a mammal, including a human being, to treat a respiratory disease, including treating said mammal with an effective amount of a 168 compound of the formula (I) or with a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or composition thereof, as defined in any one of claims 1 to 25 and 26, respectively.
41. A method as claimed in claim 40 where the disease is selected from the group consisting of adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), bronchitis, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, cystic fibrosis, asthma, emphysema, bronchiectasis, chronic sinusitis and rhinitis.
42. A method of treatment of a mammal, including a human being, to treat septic shock, male erectile dysfunction, male factor infertility, female factor infertility, hypertension, stroke, epilepsy, cerebral ischaemia, peripheral vascular disease, post-ischaemic reperfusion injury, diabetes, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis, allergic dermatitis, eczema, ulcerative colitis, Crohns disease, inflammatory bowel disease, He//'obacterpy/or/-gastritis, non-Heliobacter pylori gastritis, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug-induced damage to the gastro-intestinal tract or a psychotic disorder, or for wound healing, including treating said mammal with an effective amount of a compound of the formula (I) or with a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or composition thereof, as defined in any one of claims 1 to 25 and 26, respectively.
43. A process for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I), as defined in claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, which includes
(a) deprotection of a compound of the formula
Figure imgf000159_0001
169
wherein R\ R2, R3, R4, X and Y are as defined in claim 1 and either P1, P2 and P3, when taken separately, are protecting groups or, P1 and P2, when taken together are a protecting group and P3 is a protecting group, the protecting groups being δ removed together or sequentially; or
(b) deprotection of a compound of the formula
Figure imgf000160_0001
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, X and Y are as defined in claim 1 and either P1 and P2, 0 when taken separately, are protecting groups or, P1 and P2, when taken together are a protecting group, the protecting groups P1 and P2, when taken separately, being removed either together or sequentially; or
(c) deprotection of a compound of the formula δ
Figure imgf000160_0002
HO
wherein P3 is a protecting group and R\ R2, R3, R4, X and Y are as defined in claim 1 ; or (d) deprotection of a compound of the formula
Figure imgf000161_0001
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R14, X and Y are as defined in claim 1 and either P1 and P2, when taken separately, are protecting groups or, P1 and P2, when taken together are a protecting group, the protecting groups P1 and P2, when taken separately, being removed either together or sequentially;
any one of said processes (a) to (d) being optionally followed by the conversion of the compound of the formula (I) to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
44. A process for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I), as defined in claim 1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, which includes the reaction of a compound of the formula
(XXXVIIl)
Figure imgf000161_0002
wherein R\ R2, R5 and X are as defined in claim 1 with (a) a compound of the formula
Figure imgf000162_0001
wherein R3 and R4 are as defined in claim 1 and L1 is a suitable leaving group, preferably imidazol-1-yl; or
(b) a compound of the formula
R3R4NS02L9 (XVII)
wherein R3 and R4 are as defined in claim 1 and L9 is a suitable leaving group, preferably chloro; or
(c) a compound of the formula
Figure imgf000162_0002
wherein R3 and R4 are as defined in claim 1 and L8 is a suitable leaving group, preferably methylthio or imidazol-1-yl; or l
(d) a compound of the formula
Figure imgf000162_0003
wherein R3 and R4 are as defined in claim 1 and L13 is a suitable leaving group, preferably methylthio; said process being optionally followed by the conversion of the compound of the formula (I) to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
45. A process for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I), as defined in claim 1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, which includes
(a) the reaction of a compound of the formula
(XXXIX)
Figure imgf000163_0001
wherein R\ R2, R5 and X are as defined in claim 1 and L20 is a suitable leaving group, preferably imidazol-1-yl, with a compound of the formula
R3R4NH (XI)
wherein R3 and R4 are as defined in claim 1 ; or
(b) the reaction of a compound of the formula
Figure imgf000164_0001
wherein R1, R2, R5 and X are as defined in claim 1 and L21 is a suitable leaving group, preferably methylthio or imidazol-1-yl, with a compound of the formula
R3R4NH (XI)
wherein R3 and R4 are as defined in claim 1 ; or
(c) the reaction of a compound of the formula
(XXXXl)
Figure imgf000164_0002
wherein R1, R2, R5 and X are as defined in claim 1 and L22 is a suitable leaving group, preferably methylthio, with a compound of the formula
R3R4NH (XI)
wherein R3 and R4 are as defined in claim 1 ; any one of said processes (a) to (c) being optionally followed by the conversion of the compound of the formula (I) to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
δ
46. A process for the preparation of a compound of the formula (I), as defined in claim 1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, which includes the acylation or suphonylation of a compound of the formula
(XXXXXII)
Figure imgf000165_0001
0 wherein R , R2, R3, R5, R , X and Y are as defined in claim 1 ;
said process being optionally followed by the conversion of the compound of the formula (I) to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 5
47. A compound of the formula
Figure imgf000165_0002
wherein P1 and P2 when taken separately, are protecting groups or, P1 and P2, when taken together are a protecting group; or
Figure imgf000166_0001
wherein either P\ P2 and P3, when taken separately, are protecting groups or, P1 and P2, when taken together are a protecting group and P3 is a protecting group; or
Figure imgf000166_0002
wherein either P1 and P2, when taken separately, are protecting groups or, P1 and P2, when taken together are a protecting group; or
Figure imgf000167_0001
HO
wherein P3 is a protecting group; or
Figure imgf000167_0002
Figure imgf000167_0003
wherein P4 is a protecting group; or
Figure imgf000168_0001
wherein L4 is a suitable leaving group, preferably imidazol-1-yl, and P4 is a protecting group; or
Figure imgf000168_0002
wherein L7 is a suitable leaving group, preferably methylthio or imidazol-1-yl, and P4 is a protecting group; or
Figure imgf000168_0003
wherein L12 is a suitable leaving group, preferably methylthio, and P4 is a protecting group; or (XXIll)
Figure imgf000169_0001
wherein either P\ P2 and P3, when taken separately, are protecting groups or, P1 and P2, when taken together are a protecting group and P3 is a protecting group; or
Figure imgf000169_0002
wherein either P1, P2 and P3, when taken separately, are protecting groups or, P1 and P2, when taken together are a protecting group and P3 is a protecting group; or
(XXVII)
Figure imgf000169_0003
wherein L14 is a suitable leaving group, preferably imidazol-1-yl, and either P1, P2 and P3, when taken separately, are protecting groups or, P1 and P2, when taken together are a protecting group and P3 is a protecting group; or (XXVIII)
Figure imgf000170_0001
wherein L 5 is a suitable leaving group, preferably methylthio or imidazol-1-yl, and either P\ P2 and P3, when taken separately, are protecting groups or, P1 and P2, when taken together are a protecting group and P3 is a protecting group; or
Figure imgf000170_0002
wherein L16 is a suitable leaving group, preferably methylthio, and either P1, P2 and P3, when taken separately, are protecting groups or, P1 and P2, when taken together are a protecting group and P3 is a protecting group; or
Figure imgf000170_0003
wherein L17 is a suitable leaving group, preferably imidazol-1-yl, and either P1 and P2, when taken separately, are protecting groups or, P1 and P2, when taken together are a protecting group; or
(XXXVI)
Figure imgf000171_0001
wherein L18 is a suitable leaving group, preferably imidazol-1-yl or methylthio, and either P1 and P2, when taken separately, are protecting groups or, P1 and P2, when taken together are a protecting group; or
(XXXVII)
Figure imgf000171_0002
wherein L19 is a suitable leaving group, preferably methylthio, and either P1 and P2, when taken separately, are protecting groups or, P1 and P2, when taken together are a protecting group; or (XXXIX)
Figure imgf000172_0001
wherein L20 is a suitable leaving group, preferably imidazol-1-yl; or
Figure imgf000172_0002
wherein L21 is a suitable leaving group, preferably methylthio or imidazol-1-yl; or
(XXXXl)
Figure imgf000172_0003
wherein L22 is a suitable leaving group, preferably methylthio; or (XXXXXII); alkylene)-NHR
Figure imgf000173_0001
the groups R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R11, R 4, X and Y being as defined in claim 1.
PCT/IB2001/001064 2000-06-27 2001-06-14 Purine derivatives WO2002000676A1 (en)

Priority Applications (20)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
SI200130136T SI1296996T1 (en) 2000-06-27 2001-06-14 Purine derivatives
DE60103537T DE60103537T2 (en) 2000-06-27 2001-06-14 purine derivatives
EP01938490A EP1296996B1 (en) 2000-06-27 2001-06-14 Purine derivatives
AU2001264164A AU2001264164A1 (en) 2000-06-27 2001-06-14 Purine derivatives
AT01938490T ATE267836T1 (en) 2000-06-27 2001-06-14 PURINE DERIVATIVES
EA200201291A EA200201291A1 (en) 2000-06-27 2001-06-14 DERIVATIVES OF PURIN
BR0111912-5A BR0111912A (en) 2000-06-27 2001-06-14 Purine derivatives
IL15252901A IL152529A0 (en) 2000-06-27 2001-06-14 Purine derivatives
EEP200200712A EE200200712A (en) 2000-06-27 2001-06-14 Purine derivatives
NZ521867A NZ521867A (en) 2000-06-27 2001-06-14 Purine derivatives
PL36138401A PL361384A1 (en) 2000-06-27 2001-06-14 Purine derivatives
JP2002505798A JP2004501929A (en) 2000-06-27 2001-06-14 Purine derivatives
SK1733-2002A SK17332002A3 (en) 2000-06-27 2001-06-14 Purine derivatives
CA002412564A CA2412564C (en) 2000-06-27 2001-06-14 Purine derivatives
MXPA03000078A MXPA03000078A (en) 2000-06-27 2001-06-14 Purine derivatives.
HU0301389A HUP0301389A3 (en) 2000-06-27 2001-06-14 Purine derivatives
BG107171A BG107171A (en) 2000-06-27 2002-10-07 Purine derivatives
IS6580A IS6580A (en) 2000-06-27 2002-10-10 Purine derivatives
HR20020995A HRP20020995A2 (en) 2000-06-27 2002-12-12 Purine derivatives
NO20025975A NO20025975D0 (en) 2000-06-27 2002-12-12 purine derivatives

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
GB0015727.1 2000-06-27
GBGB0015727.1A GB0015727D0 (en) 2000-06-27 2000-06-27 Purine derivatives

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2002000676A1 true WO2002000676A1 (en) 2002-01-03

Family

ID=9894500

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IB2001/001064 WO2002000676A1 (en) 2000-06-27 2001-06-14 Purine derivatives

Country Status (42)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1296996B1 (en)
JP (1) JP2004501929A (en)
KR (1) KR20030036248A (en)
CN (1) CN1432020A (en)
AP (1) AP1372A (en)
AR (1) AR028759A1 (en)
AT (1) ATE267836T1 (en)
AU (1) AU2001264164A1 (en)
BG (1) BG107171A (en)
BR (1) BR0111912A (en)
CA (1) CA2412564C (en)
CZ (1) CZ20023992A3 (en)
DE (1) DE60103537T2 (en)
DK (1) DK1296996T3 (en)
DO (1) DOP2001000195A (en)
EA (1) EA200201291A1 (en)
EC (1) ECSP024396A (en)
EE (1) EE200200712A (en)
ES (1) ES2220775T3 (en)
GB (1) GB0015727D0 (en)
GT (1) GT200100119A (en)
HR (1) HRP20020995A2 (en)
HU (1) HUP0301389A3 (en)
IL (1) IL152529A0 (en)
IS (1) IS6580A (en)
MA (1) MA26918A1 (en)
MX (1) MXPA03000078A (en)
NO (1) NO20025975D0 (en)
NZ (1) NZ521867A (en)
OA (1) OA12294A (en)
PA (1) PA8521001A1 (en)
PE (1) PE20020213A1 (en)
PL (1) PL361384A1 (en)
PT (1) PT1296996E (en)
SI (1) SI1296996T1 (en)
SK (1) SK17332002A3 (en)
SV (1) SV2002000507A (en)
TN (1) TNSN01096A1 (en)
TR (1) TR200401622T4 (en)
UY (1) UY26797A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2002000676A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200209557B (en)

Cited By (33)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6919356B2 (en) 2002-09-26 2005-07-19 Bristol Myers Squibb Company N-substituted heterocyclic amines as modulators of chemokine receptor activity
JP2005533804A (en) * 2002-06-24 2005-11-10 アストラゼネカ・アクチエボラーグ Novel purine- or pyrrole- [2,3-d] pyrimidine-2-carbonitrile for treating diseases associated with cysteine protease activity
WO2006056471A1 (en) 2004-11-29 2006-06-01 Novartis Ag 5-hydroxy-benzothiazole derivatives having beta-2-adrenorecptor agonist activity
US7208505B2 (en) 2001-08-14 2007-04-24 Eli Lilly And Company β3 adrenergic agonists
WO2008037477A1 (en) 2006-09-29 2008-04-03 Novartis Ag Pyrazolopyrimidines as p13k lipid kinase inhibitors
WO2008052734A1 (en) 2006-10-30 2008-05-08 Novartis Ag Heterocyclic compounds as antiinflammatory agents
WO2009087224A1 (en) 2008-01-11 2009-07-16 Novartis Ag Pyrimidines as kinase inhibitors
EP2157091A1 (en) 2003-05-02 2010-02-24 Novartis AG Inhibitors of phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase
US7737126B2 (en) 2004-05-24 2010-06-15 Glaxo Group Limited Purine derivative
EP2206499A1 (en) 2004-11-02 2010-07-14 Novartis AG Quinuclidine derivatives and their use as muscarinic m3 receptor antagonists
WO2010088335A1 (en) 2009-01-29 2010-08-05 Novartis Ag Substituted benzimidazoles for the treatment of astrocytomas
EP2270008A1 (en) 2005-05-20 2011-01-05 Novartis AG 1,3-dihydro-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-2-ones as lipid kinase and/or pi3 kinases inhibitors
EP2281819A1 (en) 2004-01-21 2011-02-09 Novartis AG Benzimidazolyl or benzoxazolyl derivatives
WO2011015652A1 (en) 2009-08-07 2011-02-10 Novartis Ag 3-heteroarylmethyl-imidazo[1,2-b]pyridazin-6-yl derivatives as c-met tyrosine kinase modulators
WO2011018454A1 (en) 2009-08-12 2011-02-17 Novartis Ag Heterocyclic hydrazone compounds and their uses to treat cancer and inflammation
EP2286813A2 (en) 2006-01-31 2011-02-23 Novartis AG Use of naphthyridine derivatives as medicaments
WO2011022439A1 (en) 2009-08-17 2011-02-24 Intellikine, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US7985740B2 (en) 2005-07-19 2011-07-26 Glaxo Group Limited Purine derivatives as agonists of the adenosine A2A receptor
WO2012034095A1 (en) 2010-09-09 2012-03-15 Irm Llc Compounds and compositions as trk inhibitors
WO2012034091A1 (en) 2010-09-09 2012-03-15 Irm Llc Imidazo [1, 2] pyridazin compounds and compositions as trk inhibitors
WO2012107500A1 (en) 2011-02-10 2012-08-16 Novartis Ag [1, 2, 4] triazolo [4, 3 -b] pyridazine compounds as inhibitors of the c-met tyrosine kinase
WO2012116217A1 (en) 2011-02-25 2012-08-30 Irm Llc Compounds and compositions as trk inhibitors
WO2012116237A2 (en) 2011-02-23 2012-08-30 Intellikine, Llc Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
EP2532679A1 (en) 2005-10-21 2012-12-12 Novartis AG Human antibodies against il13 and therapeutic uses
WO2013038362A1 (en) 2011-09-15 2013-03-21 Novartis Ag 6 - substituted 3 - (quinolin- 6 - ylthio) - [1,2,4] triazolo [4, 3 -a] pyradines as tyrosine kinase
WO2013149581A1 (en) 2012-04-03 2013-10-10 Novartis Ag Combination products with tyrosine kinase inhibitors and their use
WO2014151147A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Intellikine, Llc Combination of kinase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2015084804A1 (en) 2013-12-03 2015-06-11 Novartis Ag Combination of mdm2 inhibitor and braf inhibitor and their use
US9174994B2 (en) 2011-11-23 2015-11-03 Intellikine, Llc Enhanced treatment regimens using mTor inhibitors
WO2016011956A1 (en) 2014-07-25 2016-01-28 Novartis Ag Combination therapy
WO2016016822A1 (en) 2014-07-31 2016-02-04 Novartis Ag Combination therapy
EP3603634A1 (en) 2004-05-18 2020-02-05 Novartis AG Pharmaceutical composition containing glycopyrrolate and a beta2 adrenoceptor agonist
WO2021152488A1 (en) 2020-01-29 2021-08-05 Novartis Ag Methods of treating an inflammatory or obstructive airway disease using anti-tslp antibody

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20070058626A (en) * 2004-09-20 2007-06-08 이노텍 파마슈티컬스 코포레이션 Purine derivatives and methods of use thereof
JP5373599B2 (en) * 2006-04-21 2013-12-18 ノバルティス アーゲー Purine derivatives for use as adenosine A2A receptor agonists
US7589076B2 (en) * 2006-05-18 2009-09-15 Pgx Health, Llc Substituted aryl piperidinylalkynyladenosines as A2AR agonists
US7897737B2 (en) 2006-12-05 2011-03-01 Lasergen, Inc. 3′-OH unblocked, nucleotides and nucleosides, base modified with photocleavable, terminating groups and methods for their use in DNA sequencing
WO2009152353A2 (en) 2008-06-11 2009-12-17 Lasergen, Inc. Nucleotides and nucleosides and methods for their use in dna sequencing

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1988003147A1 (en) * 1986-10-31 1988-05-05 Warner-Lambert Company Selected n6-substituted adenosines having selective a2 binding activity
WO1994007905A1 (en) * 1992-09-30 1994-04-14 Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. 2-substituted adenosines with a-2 receptor affinity
WO1999024451A2 (en) * 1997-11-08 1999-05-20 Glaxo Group Limited Adenosine a1 receptor agonists
WO1999034804A1 (en) * 1998-01-08 1999-07-15 The University Of Virginia Patent Foundation A2a adenosine receptor agonists
WO2000023457A1 (en) * 1998-10-16 2000-04-27 Pfizer Limited Adenine derivatives
WO2000077018A2 (en) * 1999-06-15 2000-12-21 Pfizer Limited Purine derivatives
WO2001027131A1 (en) * 1999-10-14 2001-04-19 Pfizer Limited Purine derivatives
WO2001027130A1 (en) * 1999-10-14 2001-04-19 Pfizer Limited Purine derivatives

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1988003147A1 (en) * 1986-10-31 1988-05-05 Warner-Lambert Company Selected n6-substituted adenosines having selective a2 binding activity
WO1994007905A1 (en) * 1992-09-30 1994-04-14 Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. 2-substituted adenosines with a-2 receptor affinity
WO1999024451A2 (en) * 1997-11-08 1999-05-20 Glaxo Group Limited Adenosine a1 receptor agonists
WO1999034804A1 (en) * 1998-01-08 1999-07-15 The University Of Virginia Patent Foundation A2a adenosine receptor agonists
WO2000023457A1 (en) * 1998-10-16 2000-04-27 Pfizer Limited Adenine derivatives
WO2000077018A2 (en) * 1999-06-15 2000-12-21 Pfizer Limited Purine derivatives
WO2001027131A1 (en) * 1999-10-14 2001-04-19 Pfizer Limited Purine derivatives
WO2001027130A1 (en) * 1999-10-14 2001-04-19 Pfizer Limited Purine derivatives

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
PIER GIOVANNI BARALDI ET AL.: "Synthesis and Biological Activity of a New Series of N6-Arylcarbamoyl,2-(Ar)alkynyl-N6-arylcarbamoyl, and N6-carboxamido Derivatives of Adenosine-5'-N-ethyluronamide as A1 and A3 Adenosine Receptor Agonists.", JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 41, no. 17, 1998, pages 3174 - 3185, XP002149470 *

Cited By (40)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7208505B2 (en) 2001-08-14 2007-04-24 Eli Lilly And Company β3 adrenergic agonists
JP2005533804A (en) * 2002-06-24 2005-11-10 アストラゼネカ・アクチエボラーグ Novel purine- or pyrrole- [2,3-d] pyrimidine-2-carbonitrile for treating diseases associated with cysteine protease activity
US6919356B2 (en) 2002-09-26 2005-07-19 Bristol Myers Squibb Company N-substituted heterocyclic amines as modulators of chemokine receptor activity
EP2157091A1 (en) 2003-05-02 2010-02-24 Novartis AG Inhibitors of phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase
EP2281819A1 (en) 2004-01-21 2011-02-09 Novartis AG Benzimidazolyl or benzoxazolyl derivatives
EP3603634A1 (en) 2004-05-18 2020-02-05 Novartis AG Pharmaceutical composition containing glycopyrrolate and a beta2 adrenoceptor agonist
US7737126B2 (en) 2004-05-24 2010-06-15 Glaxo Group Limited Purine derivative
EP2206499A1 (en) 2004-11-02 2010-07-14 Novartis AG Quinuclidine derivatives and their use as muscarinic m3 receptor antagonists
EP2305659A1 (en) 2004-11-29 2011-04-06 Novartis AG 5-hydroxy-benzothiazole derivatives having beta-2-adrenoreceptor agonist activity
WO2006056471A1 (en) 2004-11-29 2006-06-01 Novartis Ag 5-hydroxy-benzothiazole derivatives having beta-2-adrenorecptor agonist activity
EP2292617A1 (en) 2005-05-20 2011-03-09 Novartis AG 1,3-dihydro-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-2-ones as lipid kinase and/or pi3 kinase inhibitors
EP2270008A1 (en) 2005-05-20 2011-01-05 Novartis AG 1,3-dihydro-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-2-ones as lipid kinase and/or pi3 kinases inhibitors
US7985740B2 (en) 2005-07-19 2011-07-26 Glaxo Group Limited Purine derivatives as agonists of the adenosine A2A receptor
EP2532677A1 (en) 2005-10-21 2012-12-12 Novartis AG Human antibodies against il13 and therapeutic uses
EP2532679A1 (en) 2005-10-21 2012-12-12 Novartis AG Human antibodies against il13 and therapeutic uses
EP2286813A2 (en) 2006-01-31 2011-02-23 Novartis AG Use of naphthyridine derivatives as medicaments
WO2008037477A1 (en) 2006-09-29 2008-04-03 Novartis Ag Pyrazolopyrimidines as p13k lipid kinase inhibitors
WO2008052734A1 (en) 2006-10-30 2008-05-08 Novartis Ag Heterocyclic compounds as antiinflammatory agents
WO2009087224A1 (en) 2008-01-11 2009-07-16 Novartis Ag Pyrimidines as kinase inhibitors
WO2010088335A1 (en) 2009-01-29 2010-08-05 Novartis Ag Substituted benzimidazoles for the treatment of astrocytomas
WO2011015652A1 (en) 2009-08-07 2011-02-10 Novartis Ag 3-heteroarylmethyl-imidazo[1,2-b]pyridazin-6-yl derivatives as c-met tyrosine kinase modulators
WO2011018454A1 (en) 2009-08-12 2011-02-17 Novartis Ag Heterocyclic hydrazone compounds and their uses to treat cancer and inflammation
WO2011022439A1 (en) 2009-08-17 2011-02-24 Intellikine, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US11547697B2 (en) 2009-08-17 2023-01-10 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
WO2012034095A1 (en) 2010-09-09 2012-03-15 Irm Llc Compounds and compositions as trk inhibitors
WO2012034091A1 (en) 2010-09-09 2012-03-15 Irm Llc Imidazo [1, 2] pyridazin compounds and compositions as trk inhibitors
WO2012107500A1 (en) 2011-02-10 2012-08-16 Novartis Ag [1, 2, 4] triazolo [4, 3 -b] pyridazine compounds as inhibitors of the c-met tyrosine kinase
WO2012116237A2 (en) 2011-02-23 2012-08-30 Intellikine, Llc Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9127000B2 (en) 2011-02-23 2015-09-08 Intellikine, LLC. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
WO2012116217A1 (en) 2011-02-25 2012-08-30 Irm Llc Compounds and compositions as trk inhibitors
WO2013038362A1 (en) 2011-09-15 2013-03-21 Novartis Ag 6 - substituted 3 - (quinolin- 6 - ylthio) - [1,2,4] triazolo [4, 3 -a] pyradines as tyrosine kinase
US9669032B2 (en) 2011-11-23 2017-06-06 Intellikine Llc Enhanced treatment regimens using mTOR inhibitors
US9174994B2 (en) 2011-11-23 2015-11-03 Intellikine, Llc Enhanced treatment regimens using mTor inhibitors
WO2013149581A1 (en) 2012-04-03 2013-10-10 Novartis Ag Combination products with tyrosine kinase inhibitors and their use
EP3964513A1 (en) 2012-04-03 2022-03-09 Novartis AG Combination products with tyrosine kinase inhibitors and their use
WO2014151147A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Intellikine, Llc Combination of kinase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2015084804A1 (en) 2013-12-03 2015-06-11 Novartis Ag Combination of mdm2 inhibitor and braf inhibitor and their use
WO2016011956A1 (en) 2014-07-25 2016-01-28 Novartis Ag Combination therapy
WO2016016822A1 (en) 2014-07-31 2016-02-04 Novartis Ag Combination therapy
WO2021152488A1 (en) 2020-01-29 2021-08-05 Novartis Ag Methods of treating an inflammatory or obstructive airway disease using anti-tslp antibody

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
GB0015727D0 (en) 2000-08-16
NZ521867A (en) 2004-04-30
CN1432020A (en) 2003-07-23
TNSN01096A1 (en) 2005-11-10
HUP0301389A3 (en) 2005-02-28
JP2004501929A (en) 2004-01-22
SI1296996T1 (en) 2004-10-31
DE60103537T2 (en) 2005-07-07
AR028759A1 (en) 2003-05-21
PA8521001A1 (en) 2002-04-25
CZ20023992A3 (en) 2003-12-17
ZA200209557B (en) 2003-12-02
EP1296996A1 (en) 2003-04-02
PL361384A1 (en) 2004-10-04
ATE267836T1 (en) 2004-06-15
MXPA03000078A (en) 2003-08-19
NO20025975L (en) 2002-12-12
SV2002000507A (en) 2002-07-03
HUP0301389A2 (en) 2003-08-28
OA12294A (en) 2003-11-14
MA26918A1 (en) 2004-12-20
GT200100119A (en) 2002-01-31
DE60103537D1 (en) 2004-07-01
BG107171A (en) 2003-07-31
AU2001264164A1 (en) 2002-01-08
HRP20020995A2 (en) 2005-02-28
UY26797A1 (en) 2002-01-31
ECSP024396A (en) 2003-02-06
KR20030036248A (en) 2003-05-09
BR0111912A (en) 2003-05-13
CA2412564C (en) 2007-10-02
EP1296996B1 (en) 2004-05-26
CA2412564A1 (en) 2002-01-03
DOP2001000195A (en) 2002-05-15
TR200401622T4 (en) 2004-08-23
PE20020213A1 (en) 2002-03-19
EE200200712A (en) 2004-06-15
ES2220775T3 (en) 2004-12-16
EA200201291A1 (en) 2003-04-24
PT1296996E (en) 2004-08-31
IS6580A (en) 2002-10-10
DK1296996T3 (en) 2004-08-16
SK17332002A3 (en) 2004-03-02
NO20025975D0 (en) 2002-12-12
AP1372A (en) 2005-02-21
IL152529A0 (en) 2003-05-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1296996B1 (en) Purine derivatives
US6350735B1 (en) Purine derivatives
CA2414018C (en) 2-aminocarbonyl-9h-purine derivatives
EP1255764B1 (en) Purine derivatives
EP1220862B1 (en) Purine derivatives
AU764106B2 (en) Purine derivatives
US20020032168A1 (en) Purine derivatives
AU2001260537A1 (en) 2-aminocarbonyl-9H-purine derivatives
US6753322B2 (en) 2-aminocarbonyl-9H-purine derivatives
IL152783A (en) 2-aminocarbonyl-9h-purine derivatives

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VN YU ZA ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2001 107171

Country of ref document: BG

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 521867

Country of ref document: NZ

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: IN/PCT/2002/01404/MU

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2001264164

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 152529

Country of ref document: IL

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 02102444

Country of ref document: CO

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2002/09557

Country of ref document: ZA

Ref document number: 200209557

Country of ref document: ZA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 018106218

Country of ref document: CN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PV2002-3992

Country of ref document: CZ

Ref document number: P-919/02

Country of ref document: YU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 17332002

Country of ref document: SK

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2002 505798

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: P20020995A

Country of ref document: HR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2412564

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PA/a/2003/000078

Country of ref document: MX

Ref document number: 2001938490

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1200201187

Country of ref document: VN

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20020887

Country of ref document: UZ

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020027017723

Country of ref document: KR

Ref document number: 200201291

Country of ref document: EA

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2001938490

Country of ref document: EP

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1020027017723

Country of ref document: KR

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: PV2002-3992

Country of ref document: CZ

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 521867

Country of ref document: NZ

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 2001938490

Country of ref document: EP

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 521867

Country of ref document: NZ

WWR Wipo information: refused in national office

Ref document number: 1020027017723

Country of ref document: KR